WO2020001470A1 - 通信方法、装置和存储介质 - Google Patents

通信方法、装置和存储介质 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2020001470A1
WO2020001470A1 PCT/CN2019/092976 CN2019092976W WO2020001470A1 WO 2020001470 A1 WO2020001470 A1 WO 2020001470A1 CN 2019092976 W CN2019092976 W CN 2019092976W WO 2020001470 A1 WO2020001470 A1 WO 2020001470A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
edge connection
terminal device
threshold
equal
standard
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2019/092976
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
彭文杰
王君
戴明增
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to EP19824476.6A priority Critical patent/EP3806505A4/en
Priority to BR112020026611-6A priority patent/BR112020026611A2/pt
Publication of WO2020001470A1 publication Critical patent/WO2020001470A1/zh
Priority to US17/132,632 priority patent/US11399361B2/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W4/00Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
    • H04W4/50Service provisioning or reconfiguring
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/0001Systems modifying transmission characteristics according to link quality, e.g. power backoff
    • H04L1/0002Systems modifying transmission characteristics according to link quality, e.g. power backoff by adapting the transmission rate
    • H04L1/0003Systems modifying transmission characteristics according to link quality, e.g. power backoff by adapting the transmission rate by switching between different modulation schemes
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/0001Systems modifying transmission characteristics according to link quality, e.g. power backoff
    • H04L1/0009Systems modifying transmission characteristics according to link quality, e.g. power backoff by adapting the channel coding
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W4/00Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
    • H04W4/30Services specially adapted for particular environments, situations or purposes
    • H04W4/40Services specially adapted for particular environments, situations or purposes for vehicles, e.g. vehicle-to-pedestrians [V2P]
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W4/00Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
    • H04W4/30Services specially adapted for particular environments, situations or purposes
    • H04W4/40Services specially adapted for particular environments, situations or purposes for vehicles, e.g. vehicle-to-pedestrians [V2P]
    • H04W4/44Services specially adapted for particular environments, situations or purposes for vehicles, e.g. vehicle-to-pedestrians [V2P] for communication between vehicles and infrastructures, e.g. vehicle-to-cloud [V2C] or vehicle-to-home [V2H]
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W4/00Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
    • H04W4/30Services specially adapted for particular environments, situations or purposes
    • H04W4/40Services specially adapted for particular environments, situations or purposes for vehicles, e.g. vehicle-to-pedestrians [V2P]
    • H04W4/46Services specially adapted for particular environments, situations or purposes for vehicles, e.g. vehicle-to-pedestrians [V2P] for vehicle-to-vehicle communication [V2V]
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W48/00Access restriction; Network selection; Access point selection
    • H04W48/18Selecting a network or a communication service
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/20Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H04W72/23Control channels or signalling for resource management in the downlink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards a terminal
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00Connection management
    • H04W76/10Connection setup
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/50Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources
    • H04W72/54Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources based on quality criteria
    • H04W72/543Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources based on quality criteria based on requested quality, e.g. QoS
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/50Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources
    • H04W72/56Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources based on priority criteria
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W88/00Devices specially adapted for wireless communication networks, e.g. terminals, base stations or access point devices
    • H04W88/02Terminal devices
    • H04W88/04Terminal devices adapted for relaying to or from another terminal or user

Definitions

  • the embodiments of the present application relate to the field of communication technologies, and in particular, to a communication method, device, and storage medium.
  • V2X Vehicle-to-everything services are a type of communication services that use vehicle-to-vehicle (V2V) applications and are usually transmitted through the 3rd Generation Partnership Project (3GPP), where: V2X includes vehicle-to-infrastructure (V2I) services, vehicle-to-network (V2N) services, vehicle-to-person (V2P) services, and vehicle-to-vehicle (V2V) services .
  • 3GPP 3rd Generation Partnership Project
  • LTE V2X Long Term Evolution
  • existing LTE base stations can only provide services for LTE V2X services.
  • NR New Radio
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a communication method, device, and storage medium, which can ensure that the same terminal device can obtain the V2X service of the first system and the V2X service of the second system.
  • a first aspect of the present application provides a communication method, including:
  • the network device sends a V2X edge connection configuration of the first standard and / or a V2X edge connection configuration of the second standard to the first terminal device; the first terminal device according to the V2X edge connection configuration of the first standard and / Or the V2X edge connection configuration of the second standard, to obtain V2X edge connection resources used for data transmission;
  • the first terminal device communicates with a second terminal device on the V2X edge connection resource.
  • the V2X service of the first system may be an LTE V2X service or an NR V2X service.
  • the V2X service of the second system may be an NR V2X service or an LTE V2X service.
  • the V2X of the first system and the V2X of the second system may also be wireless fidelity (WIFI), or different systems may also use different spectrum resources, different encoding and decoding technologies, and different sub-networks. Carrier interval, different transmission time (transmission timing), different CP length, different modulation and demodulation technology, or access technology with different transmission time interval.
  • the V2X edge connection configuration of the first system includes at least one of the following information: LTE V2X sidelink sends resource information, and LTE V2X sidelink receives resource information LTE V2X sidelink transmit power, LTE V2X sidelink modulation and coding scheme (MCS), LTE edge-connected vehicle-all wireless network temporary identifiers (sidelink-V2X-radio network temporary identifier; SL-V-RNTI), LTE V2X synchronization type and LTE V2X synchronization configuration.
  • MCS LTE V2X sidelink modulation and coding scheme
  • LTE edge-connected vehicle-all wireless network temporary identifiers sidelink-V2X-radio network temporary identifier
  • SL-V-RNTI LTE V2X synchronization type
  • LTE V2X synchronization configuration LTE V2X synchronization configuration
  • the V2X edge connection configuration of the second standard includes at least one of the following information: NR V2X sidelink receives resource information, NR V2X sidelink sends resource information, NR V2X sidelink transmission power, NR V2X sidelink MCS, NR SL-V-RNTI, NR V2X synchronization type and NR V2X synchronization configuration.
  • the first terminal device can obtain the V2X edge connection configuration of the first system and the V2X edge connection configuration of the second system from the network device, the V2X edge connection of the first system can be connected according to the two configurations.
  • Resources and / or V2X edge connection resources of the second standard determine the V2X edge connection resources for transmitting data, so that according to the determined V2X edge connection resources, the first standard V2X service communication and / or the second terminal device are performed Standard V2X service communication. In this way, the same terminal device can be guaranteed to obtain the first standard V2X service and the second standard V2X service.
  • the V2X service may be, for example, IP, non-IP, V2V, V2I, V2N, V2P, a service provider identifier (PSID), or an intelligent transportation system application identifier (intelligent transportation system applications application identifier; ITS- AID).
  • PSID service provider identifier
  • intelligent transportation system application identifier intelligent transportation system applications application identifier
  • the method further includes:
  • the first terminal device sends information to the network device that the first terminal device supports the V2X service of the first system and the V2X service of the second system.
  • the information that the first terminal device supports the V2X service of the first system and the V2X service of the second system may be information indicating the capability of the first terminal device to support the V2X service of the first system and the V2X service of the second system.
  • the network device can selectively send the information to the first terminal device according to the above information. Sending the V2X edge connection configuration of the first system and / or the V2X edge connection configuration of the second system can save network resources.
  • the V2X edge connection resources used to obtain the transmission data include:
  • Receiving, by the first terminal device, a first message broadcast by the network device, and the first message may include any one, any two, or all of the following: an area identifier, and the first corresponding to the area.
  • the V2X edge connection configuration of one standard and the V2X edge connection configuration of the second standard, the V2X edge connection configuration of the first standard includes available resources of the V2X edge connection of the first standard, and the second The V2X edge connection configuration of the standard includes available resources of the V2X edge connection of the second standard;
  • the first terminal device is currently in the region, and the first terminal device selects at least one of the available resources of the V2X edge connection of the first system and / or the available resources of the V2X edge connection of the second system At least one of.
  • the first message may only include any one of the area identifier, the V2X edge connection configuration of the first system and the second system V2X edge connection configuration, and may also include the area identification, Any two of the V2X edge connection configuration corresponding to the region and the V2X edge connection configuration of the second standard, for example, the first message includes the area identifier and the area corresponding to the first standard.
  • the V2X edge connection configuration, or the first message includes the area identifier and the V2X edge connection configuration of the second standard corresponding to the area, or the first message includes the V2X edge connection configuration of the first standard corresponding to the area and V2X edge connection configuration of the second system corresponding to the region.
  • the first message may also include the area identifier, the V2X edge connection configuration of the first system and the V2X edge connection configuration of the second system corresponding to the area.
  • the first terminal device when it determines an area in which the first terminal device is located, it may select a resource from the available resources corresponding to the area for data transmission.
  • the first terminal device may select at least one resource among the available resources of the V2X edge connection of the first system as the V2X edge connection resource for data transmission, or may also select the V2X edge connection of the second system
  • At least one of the available resources is used as a V2X edge connection resource for transmitting data, or at least one of the available resources of the V2X edge connection of the first system and the available resources of the V2X edge connection of the second system may be selected.
  • At least one of the resources is used as a V2X edge connection resource for transmitting data.
  • the network device broadcasts multiple available resources for the area.
  • the first terminal device selects one or more available resources from the multiple available resources broadcast by the network device.
  • the first terminal device is performing carrier aggregation. ; CA), you can select two or more available resources.
  • the V2X edge connection configuration of the two standards can be provided to the first terminal device, so that the first terminal device can obtain the two standard V2X edge connection configuration, so that in the idle state, V2X services of the first system and V2X services of the second system can also be obtained.
  • the V2X edge connection resources used to obtain the transmission data include:
  • the first terminal device sends a second message to the network device, and the second message includes information for indicating a sidelink radio access technology (RAT) type, such as for indicating Whether it is the first system or the second system, or used to indicate both the first system and the second system.
  • the second message may be a scheduling report (SR) or a buffer status report (BSR).
  • SR scheduling report
  • BSR buffer status report
  • the first terminal device reports the SR or BSR, it may carry at least one of Information indicating the network system.
  • the network device After receiving the second message sent by the first terminal device, the network device determines the V2X edge connection resource according to the information indicating the network format carried in the second message, and sends the V2X edge connection resource to the first terminal device. .
  • the first terminal device may send information indicating the network standard to the network device.
  • the network device will send the V2X edge connection resource to the first terminal device according to the network standard, and thus the first terminal device will Obtain the corresponding V2X edge connection resources according to actual requirements.
  • the V2X edge connection resources used to obtain the transmission data include:
  • the first terminal device receives a configuration rule sent by the network device, and the configuration rule includes any one, any two, any three, or all of the following information: a mapping relationship between a V2X service type and a resource , A mapping relationship between a quality of service Qos parameter and a resource, a quality of service QoS parameter threshold, and a quality threshold of an edge connection; wherein the quality threshold of the edge connection includes the V2X edge of the first standard The quality threshold of the connection and / or the quality threshold of the V2X edge connection of the second standard;
  • the configuration rule may include any one, any two, any three, or all of the above information.
  • the configuration rule may include a mapping relationship between V2X service types and resources, and a quality gate for edge connections.
  • the first terminal device measures the edge connection CBR.
  • the mapping relationship between the V2X service type and the resource configured by the network device is executed, that is, the network device is selected.
  • the configured resources transmit V2X services belonging to the V2X service type.
  • the configuration rule may include a mapping relationship between QoS parameters and resources, and a quality threshold value of the edge connection.
  • the first terminal device measures the edge connection CBR, and when the measured edge connection CBR meets the threshold value , Performing a mapping relationship between QoS parameters and resources configured by the network device, that is, selecting the resources configured by the network device to transmit data having the QoS parameters.
  • the above meeting the threshold value may be that the measured CBR is greater than the threshold value, or the measured CBR is greater than or equal to the threshold value, or the measured CBR is less than the threshold value, or the measured CBR is less than or equal to the threshold value.
  • the resource may be a V2X edge connection resource of the first system, or a V2X edge connection resource of the second system, or a V2X edge connection resource of the first system and a V2X edge connection resource of the second system.
  • the above-mentioned quality of service QoS parameters may include any one, any two, or all of the following information: a single packet priority (PPPP), a single packet reliability (PPPR) service Quality Flow Indication (QFI).
  • the quality of service flow indication may also be 5QI (5G QoS Indentifier) or priority level (priority level).
  • the quality parameter of the above edge connection may include a channel busy rate (Channel Busy Ratio; CBR).
  • CBR Channel Busy Ratio
  • the first terminal device When the configuration rule includes a mapping relationship between V2X service types and resources, the first terminal device will obtain V2X edge connection resources corresponding to the V2X service type to be transmitted according to the V2X service type to be transmitted.
  • the first terminal device After receiving the configuration rule sent by the network device, the first terminal device can determine the V2X edge connection resource according to the configuration rule. In this way, the first terminal device can obtain the V2X service of the first standard according to the obtained V2X edge connection resource. And the second standard V2X service.
  • the configuration rule includes the quality of service Qos parameter threshold, and the quality of service Qos parameter threshold includes a single packet priority PPPP first threshold and / or a single packet reliability PPPR first threshold Limit value
  • the determining the V2X edge connection resource according to the configuration rule satisfies any of the following:
  • the PPPP of the data packet to be sent by the first terminal device is greater than or equal to the first PPPP threshold value, and / or, the PPPR of the data packet to be sent is greater than or equal to the first PPPR threshold value , Determine that the V2X edge connection resource is a first-standard V2X edge connection resource; or
  • the PPPP of the data packet to be sent by the first terminal device is greater than or equal to the first PPPP threshold value, and / or, the PPPR of the data packet to be sent is greater than or equal to the first PPPR threshold value , Determining that the V2X edge connection resource is a V2X edge connection resource of the second standard; or,
  • the PPPP of the data packet to be sent by the first terminal device is greater than or equal to the first PPPP threshold value, and / or, the PPPR of the data packet to be sent is less than or equal to the first PPPR threshold value , Determine that the V2X edge connection resource is a first-standard V2X edge connection resource; or
  • the PPPP of the data packet to be sent by the first terminal device is greater than or equal to the first PPPP threshold value, and / or, the PPPR of the data packet to be sent is less than or equal to the first PPPR threshold value , Determining that the V2X edge connection resource is a V2X edge connection resource of the second standard; or,
  • the PPPP of the data packet to be sent by the first terminal device is less than or equal to the first PPPP threshold value, and / or, the PPPR of the data packet to be sent is less than or equal to the first PPPR threshold value , Determine that the V2X edge connection resource is a first-standard V2X edge connection resource; or
  • the PPPP of the data packet to be sent by the first terminal device is less than or equal to the first PPPP threshold value, and / or, the PPPR of the data packet to be sent is less than or equal to the first PPPR threshold value , Determining that the V2X edge connection resource is a V2X edge connection resource of the second standard; or,
  • the PPPP of the data packet to be sent by the first terminal device is less than or equal to the first PPPP threshold value, and / or, the PPPR of the data packet to be sent is greater than or equal to the first PPPR threshold value , Determine that the V2X edge connection resource is a first-standard V2X edge connection resource; or
  • the PPPP of the data packet to be sent by the first terminal device is less than or equal to the first PPPP threshold value, and / or, the PPPR of the data packet to be sent is greater than or equal to the first PPPR threshold value , It is determined that the V2X edge connection resource is a V2X edge connection resource of the second standard.
  • the smaller the value of PPPP the higher the priority of the data packet to be sent.
  • the V2X edge connection resources of the first system can be used for data transmission with lower priority and / or lower reliability requirements.
  • the PPPP of the data packet to be sent is greater than or equal to the first threshold of PPPP, and / or, the PPPR of the data packet to be sent is greater than or equal to the first threshold of PPPR, determine that the V2X edge connection resource is the first mode V2X edge connection resources. In this way, terminal devices can select the appropriate V2X resources to meet the QoS requirements of data packets.
  • the PPPP of the data packet to be sent is greater than or equal to the first threshold of PPPP, and / or, the PPPR of the data packet to be sent is greater than or equal to the first threshold of PPPR, determine that the V2X edge connection resource is the second system. V2X edge connection resources. In this way, terminal devices can select the appropriate V2X resources to meet the QoS requirements of data packets.
  • the PPPP of the data packet to be sent is greater than or equal to the first threshold of PPPP, and / or, the PPPR of the data packet to be sent is less than or equal to the first threshold of PPPR, determine that the V2X edge connection resource is the first mode V2X edge connection resources. In this way, terminal devices can select the appropriate V2X resources to meet the QoS requirements of data packets.
  • the PPPP of the data packet to be sent is greater than or equal to the first threshold of PPPP, and / or, the PPPR of the data packet to be sent is less than or equal to the first threshold of PPPR, determine that the V2X edge connection resource is the second system. V2X edge connection resources. In this way, terminal devices can select the appropriate V2X resources to meet the QoS requirements of data packets.
  • the PPPP of the data packet to be sent is less than or equal to the first threshold of PPPP, and / or, the PPPR of the data packet to be sent is greater than or equal to the first threshold of PPPR, determine that the V2X edge connection resource is the first mode V2X edge connection resources. In this way, terminal devices can select the appropriate V2X resources to meet the QoS requirements of data packets.
  • the PPPP of the data packet to be sent is less than or equal to the first threshold of PPPP, and / or, the PPPR of the data packet to be sent is greater than or equal to the first threshold of PPPR, determine that the V2X edge connection resource is the second system. V2X edge connection resources. In this way, terminal devices can select the appropriate V2X resources to meet the QoS requirements of data packets.
  • the quality of service QoS parameter threshold further includes a second PPPP threshold and / or a second PPPR threshold;
  • the determining the V2X edge connection resource according to the configuration rule satisfies any of the following:
  • the PPPP of the data packet to be sent by the first terminal device is less than or equal to the second PPPP threshold value, and / or, the PPPR of the data packet to be sent is greater than or equal to the first PPPR threshold value , It is determined that the V2X edge connection resource is a V2X edge connection resource of the first system and a V2X edge connection resource of the second system; or,
  • the PPPP of the data packet to be sent by the first terminal device is less than or equal to the second PPPP threshold value, and / or, the PPPR of the data packet to be sent is less than or equal to the first PPPR threshold value , It is determined that the V2X edge connection resource is a V2X edge connection resource of the first system and a V2X edge connection resource of the second system.
  • the V2X edge connection resources are the V2X edge connection resources of the first system and the V2X edge connection resources of the second system. In this way, when the terminal device has high priority and / or high reliability requirements for data to be transmitted, the terminal device can obtain Corresponding V2X edge connection resources are used to meet the QoS requirements of data packets.
  • the V2X edge connection resources are the V2X edge connection resources of the first system and the V2X edge connection resources of the second system. In this way, when the terminal device has high priority and / or high reliability requirements for data to be transmitted, the terminal device can obtain Corresponding V2X edge connection resources are used to meet the QoS requirements of data packets.
  • the configuration rule includes the quality of service Qos parameter threshold, and the quality of service Qos parameter threshold includes a quality of service flow indication QFI first threshold;
  • the determining the V2X edge connection resource according to the configuration rule satisfies any of the following:
  • the V2X edge connection resource is a V2X edge connection resource of a second standard.
  • a data packet to be sent of the first terminal device will have a corresponding QFI. If the QFI of the data packet to be sent is greater than or equal to a first threshold value of the QFI, a V2X edge connection resource is determined. Connect resources for the V2X edge of the first standard. In this way, if the QFI value is smaller, it indicates that the QoS requirements are higher, and the V2X edge connection resources of the first system are considered to be used for data transmission with lower QoS requirements.
  • the terminal device can be used for data with different QoS requirements. Select appropriate V2X edge connection resources for transmission.
  • the data packet to be sent of the first terminal device will have a corresponding QFI. If the QFI of the data packet to be sent is greater than or equal to the first threshold of QFI, it is determined that the V2X edge connection resource is of the second standard. V2X edge connection resources. In this way, if the QFI value is smaller, it indicates that the QoS requirement is higher, and the V2X edge connection resource of the second system is considered to be used for data transmission with lower QoS requirements.
  • the terminal device can be used for data with different QoS requirements. Select appropriate V2X edge connection resources for transmission.
  • the data packet to be sent of the first terminal device will have a corresponding QFI. If the QFI of the data packet to be sent is less than or equal to the first threshold value of QFI, it is determined that the V2X edge connection resource is of the first standard. V2X edge connection resources. In this way, if the QFI value is smaller, it indicates that the QoS requirements are higher, and the V2X edge connection resources of the first system are considered to be used for data transmission with higher QoS requirements.
  • the terminal device can be used for data with different QoS requirements. Select appropriate V2X edge connection resources for transmission.
  • the data packet to be sent of the first terminal device will have a corresponding QFI. If the QFI of the data packet to be sent is less than or equal to the first threshold value of QFI, it is determined that the V2X edge connection resource is of the second standard. V2X edge connection resources. In this way, if the QFI value is smaller, it indicates that the QoS requirement is higher, and the V2X edge connection resource of the second system is considered to be used for data transmission with higher QoS requirements.
  • the terminal device can be used for data with different QoS requirements. Select appropriate V2X edge connection resources for transmission.
  • the data packet to be sent of the first terminal device will have a corresponding QFI. If the QFI of the data packet to be sent is greater than or equal to the first threshold of QFI, it is determined that the V2X edge connection resource is of the first standard. V2X edge connection resources. In this way, if the QFI value is greater, it indicates that the QoS requirements are higher, and the V2X edge connection resources of the first system are considered to be used for data transmission with higher QoS requirements. Through the above rules, the terminal device can be used for data with different QoS requirements. Select appropriate V2X edge connection resources for transmission.
  • the data packet to be sent of the first terminal device will have a corresponding QFI. If the QFI of the data packet to be sent is greater than or equal to the first threshold of QFI, it is determined that the V2X edge connection resource is of the second standard. V2X edge connection resources. In this way, if a larger QFI value indicates higher QoS requirements, and it is considered that the V2X edge connection resources of the second system can be used for data transmission with higher QoS requirements, then the above rules can be used to allow terminal devices for data with different QoS requirements Select appropriate V2X edge connection resources for transmission.
  • the data packet to be sent of the first terminal device will have a corresponding QFI. If the QFI of the data packet to be sent is less than or equal to the first threshold value of QFI, it is determined that the V2X edge connection resource is of the first standard. V2X edge connection resources. In this way, if a larger QFI value indicates a higher QoS requirement, and it is considered that the V2X edge connection resources of the first system can be used for data transmission with lower QoS requirements, then the above rules can be used to allow terminal devices to transmit data with different QoS requirements. Select appropriate V2X edge connection resources for transmission.
  • the data packet to be sent of the first terminal device will have a corresponding QFI. If the QFI of the data packet to be sent is less than or equal to the first threshold value of QFI, it is determined that the V2X edge connection resource is of the second standard. V2X edge connection resources. In this way, if a larger QFI value indicates a higher QoS requirement, and it is considered that the V2X edge connection resources of the second system can be used for data transmission with lower QoS requirements, then the above rules can be used to allow terminal devices for data with different QoS requirements Select appropriate V2X edge connection resources for transmission.
  • the quality of service Qos parameter threshold includes a quality of service flow indication QFI second threshold
  • the determining the V2X edge connection resource according to the configuration rule satisfies any of the following:
  • the V2X edge connection resource is a V2X edge connection resource of the first system and a V2X edge of the second system Connect resources; or,
  • the QFI of the data packet to be sent by the first terminal device is less than or equal to the second threshold of the QFI, and it is determined that the V2X edge connection resource is a V2X edge connection resource of the first system and a V2X edge of the second system. Connect resources.
  • the data packet to be sent of the first terminal device will have a corresponding QFI. If the QFI of the data packet to be sent is greater than or equal to the second threshold value of QFI, it is determined that the V2X edge connection resource is the first system. V2X edge connection resources and second-standard V2X edge connection resources. In this way, if the QFI value is larger, it indicates that the QoS requirement is higher, and it is considered that using the V2X edge connection resource of the second system and the V2X edge connection resource of the second system at the same time can meet the high QoS requirements of the data. For the data required by QoS, appropriate V2X edge connection resources are selected for transmission.
  • the data packet to be sent of the first terminal device will have a corresponding QFI. If the QFI of the data packet to be sent is less than or equal to the second threshold value of QFI, it is determined that the V2X edge connection resource is of the first standard. V2X edge connection resources and V2X edge connection resources of the second standard. In this way, if the QFI value is smaller, it indicates that the QoS requirement is higher, and the V2X edge connection resource of the second system and the V2X edge connection resource of the second system are both used to meet the high QoS requirements of the data. For the data required by QoS, appropriate V2X edge connection resources are selected for transmission.
  • the configuration rule includes a quality threshold value of the edge connection, and the quality threshold value of the edge connection includes a channel busy rate CBR first threshold value and / or a CBR second threshold value;
  • the determining the V2X edge connection resource according to the configuration rule satisfies any of the following:
  • the V2X edge connection CBR of the first standard measured by the first terminal device is greater than or equal to the first threshold of the CRB, and / or, the V2X edge connection of the second standard measured by the first terminal device If the CBR is less than or equal to the second threshold of the CRB, it is determined that the V2X edge connection resource is a second system V2X edge connection resource; or,
  • the V2X edge connection CBR of the first standard measured by the first terminal device is less than or equal to the first threshold of the CRB, and / or, the V2X edge connection of the second standard measured by the first terminal device If the CBR is greater than or equal to the second threshold of the CRB, it is determined that the V2X edge connection resource is a V2X edge connection resource of the first standard.
  • the terminal since the CBR measured at the V2X edge connection of the first system is greater than or equal to the first threshold of CRB, it is determined that the V2X edge connection resource is the V2X edge connection resource of the second system, so that the terminal can be The device selects the more idle V2X edge connection resources to transmit data in real time.
  • the V2X edge connection resource is the second system V2X edge connection resource, so that the terminal device can be real-time Select a more idle V2X edge connection resource to transmit data.
  • the measured V2X edge connection CBR of the first system is greater than or equal to the CRB first threshold, and / or the second system V2X edge connection CBR measured by the first terminal device is less than or less than
  • the V2X edge connection resource is determined to be the V2X edge connection resource of the second standard. In this way, the terminal device can be selected in real time to select more idle V2X edge connection resources to transmit data.
  • the method further includes:
  • the measurement event includes any one of the following:
  • the V2X edge connection channel busy rate SL CBR of the first system is greater than or equal to a second threshold, and / or, the V2X SL CBR of the second system is less than or equal to a third threshold; or,
  • the V2X SL CBR of the first system is less than or equal to a fourth threshold, and / or, the V2X SL CBR of the second system is greater than or equal to a fifth threshold; or,
  • V2X SLCBR of the first system or the CBR V2XSL of the second system is greater than or equal to a sixth threshold, and the reference signal received power RSRP or the reference signal received quality RSRQ is greater than or equal to a seventh threshold ;or,
  • the V2X SLCBR of the first system or the V2X SLCBR of the second system is less than or equal to an eighth threshold, and the RSRP or the RSRQ is less than or equal to a ninth threshold.
  • the network device in order to make the V2X edge connection resources determined by the network device more reasonable, the network device can be informed of the first standard V2X edge connection resource and the second standard V2X edge connection resource that the first terminal device can obtain. The situation may even involve the selection of a Uu port.
  • the network device sends a measurement configuration to the first terminal device. After receiving the measurement configuration sent by the network device, the first terminal device performs measurement of the V2X edge connection.
  • the measurement configuration may include a measurement event.
  • the first terminal device may report to the event.
  • the network device sends a measurement report, where the measurement report includes a measurement result of the V2X edge connection of the first standard and / or a measurement result of the V2X edge connection of the second standard.
  • the measurement report may include a measurement result of the V2X edge connection of the first system and / or a measurement result of the V2X edge connection of the second system that meets the measurement event.
  • the network device allocates V2X edge connection resources to the first terminal device according to the measurement report sent by the first terminal device.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first terminal device selects the V2X edge connection resource according to information that the second terminal device supports the V2X service of the first system and the V2X service of the second system.
  • the first terminal device before selecting a V2X edge connection resource, the first terminal device first learns whether the second terminal device can support the V2X service of the first system, whether it can support the V2X service of the second system, or whether it can support the first system at the same time.
  • V2X business and second-standard V2X business may be obtained through a V2X control function (control function), or may be obtained from a network device, or may be obtained through an application (APP) installed in the first terminal device.
  • V2X control function control function
  • APP application
  • the V2X edge connection resource is selected according to the foregoing manner, so that the selected resource is more reasonable.
  • the first terminal device learns that the second terminal device can only support the V2X service of the first system, correspondingly, the first terminal device can select the V2X edge connection resource of the first system.
  • the second terminal device can only support the V2X service of the second system, and accordingly, the first terminal device can select the V2X edge connection resource of the second system.
  • the method further includes:
  • the device identifier is used to instruct the network device to allocate the V2X edge connection resource to the first terminal device, or
  • the first terminal device acquires information from the network device that the second terminal device supports the V2X service of the first system and the V2X service of the second system.
  • the network device will receive the device identifier of the second terminal device sent by the first terminal device, and the network device will obtain, according to the device identifier, the second terminal device that supports the V2X service of the first system and the V2X service of the second system.
  • Information and according to the information that the second terminal device supports the V2X service of the first system and the V2X service of the second system, determine the V2X edge connection resource, so that the selected resource is more reasonable.
  • the first V2X edge connection and the second V2X edge connection use the same V2X synchronization type and SL-V-RNTI.
  • LTE V2X sidelink and NR V2X sidelink are both managed by network equipment, some configurations of LTE and NR V2X sidelink can be the same.
  • SL-V-RNTI and V2X synchronization types can be shared configurations, that is, SL -V-RNTI and V2X synchronization types are configured to distinguish between LTE and NR.
  • first V2X edge connection and the second V2X edge connection use the same V2X synchronization type and SL-V-RNTI, this can simplify the first V2X edge connection configuration and the second V2X edge connection configuration.
  • the V2X edge connection configuration of the first system and the V2X edge connection configuration of the second system may include LTE V2X sidelink transmission resource information, LTE V2X sidelink reception resource information, LTE V2X sidelink transmission power, LTE V2X sidelink MCS, LTE V2X synchronization configuration, NR V2X sidelink receiving resource information, NR V2X sidelink sending resource information, NR V2X sidelink transmitting power, NR V2X sidelink MCS, NR V2X synchronization configuration, public SL-V-RNTI, and common synchronization type.
  • the method further includes:
  • the network device acquires any one or more of the following information: the information that the first terminal device supports the V2X service of the first system and the V2X service of the second system, and the information of the first terminal device
  • Authorization information and edge connection aggregate the maximum bit rate AMBR; wherein the edge connection AMBR includes a first edge connection AMBR in the first system of V2X and a second edge connection AMBR in the second system of V2X;
  • the sending, by the network device, a V2X edge connection configuration of the first standard and / or a V2X edge connection configuration of the second standard to the first terminal device includes:
  • the network device according to any one or any of the information that the first terminal device supports the V2X service of the first system and the V2X service of the second system, the authorization information, and the edge connection AMBR Sending the V2X edge connection configuration of the first standard and / or the V2X edge connection configuration of the second standard to the first terminal device.
  • the sidelink AMBR may include a first sidelink AMBR in the V2X of the first system and a second sidelink AMBR in the V2X of the second system.
  • Edge link is the maximum bit rate when a terminal device performs sidelink communication for V2X services.
  • the authorization information may include at least one of the following information: whether the first terminal device is authorized as a vehicle terminal device of the first standard, and whether the first terminal device is authorized as a handheld device of the first standard ( A Pedestrian terminal device, whether the first terminal device is authorized as a vehicle terminal device of the second standard, and whether the first terminal device is authorized as a handheld terminal device of the second standard.
  • the network device supports any one or any of the information about the first terminal V2X service and the second standard V2X service, the authorization information, and the edge connection AMBR, Sending the V2X edge connection configuration of the first system and / or the V2X edge connection configuration of the second system to the first terminal device, so that the first terminal obtains the V2X edge connection resource used for data transmission, and can Ensure that the same terminal device can obtain the V2X service of the first system and the V2X service of the second system.
  • the method further includes:
  • the network device broadcasts a first message to the first terminal device, and the first message may include any one, any two, or all of the following: an identifier of an area, and the first corresponding to the area.
  • the V2X edge connection configuration of the standard system and the V2X edge connection configuration of the second system the V2X edge connection configuration of the first system includes the available resources of the V2X edge connection of the first system, and the second system
  • the V2X edge connection configuration includes the available resources of the V2X edge connection of the second system;
  • the area identifier is used to instruct the first terminal device to select the V2X of the first system when it is currently in the area At least one of the available resources of the edge connection and / or at least one of the available resources of the V2X edge connection of the second standard.
  • the first message may only include any one of the area identifier, the V2X edge connection configuration of the first system and the second system V2X edge connection configuration, and may also include the area identification, Any two of the V2X edge connection configuration corresponding to the region and the V2X edge connection configuration of the second standard, for example, the first message includes the area identifier and the area corresponding to the first standard.
  • the V2X edge connection configuration, or the first message includes the area identifier and the V2X edge connection configuration of the second standard corresponding to the area, or the first message includes the V2X edge connection configuration of the first standard corresponding to the area and V2X edge connection configuration of the second system corresponding to the region.
  • the first message may also include the area identifier, the V2X edge connection configuration of the first system and the V2X edge connection configuration of the second system corresponding to the area.
  • the first terminal device when it determines an area in which the first terminal device is located, it may select a resource from the available resources corresponding to the area for data transmission.
  • the first terminal device may select at least one resource among the available resources of the V2X edge connection of the first system as the V2X edge connection resource for data transmission, or may also select the V2X edge connection of the second system
  • At least one of the available resources is used as a V2X edge connection resource for transmitting data, or at least one of the available resources of the V2X edge connection of the first system and the available resources of the V2X edge connection of the second system may be selected.
  • At least one of the resources is used as a V2X edge connection resource for transmitting data.
  • the network device broadcasts multiple available resources for the area.
  • the first terminal device selects one or more available resources from the multiple available resources broadcast by the network device.
  • the first terminal device is performing carrier aggregation. ; CA), you can select two or more available resources.
  • the V2X edge connection configuration of the two standards can be provided to the first terminal device, so that the first terminal device can obtain the two standard V2X edge connection configuration, so that in the idle state, V2X services of the first system and V2X services of the second system can also be obtained.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first terminal device sends a second message to the network device, and the second message includes information for indicating a sidelink radio access technology (RAT) type, such as for indicating Whether it is the first network system or the second network system, or is used to indicate the first network system and the second network system at the same time.
  • the second message may be a scheduling report (SR) or a buffer status report (BSR).
  • SR scheduling report
  • BSR buffer status report
  • the first terminal device reports the SR or BSR, it may carry at least one of Information indicating the network system.
  • the network device After receiving the second message sent by the first terminal device, the network device determines the V2X edge connection resource according to the information indicating the network format carried in the second message, and sends the V2X edge connection resource to the first terminal device. .
  • the first terminal device may send information indicating the network standard to the network device.
  • the network device will send the V2X edge connection resource to the first terminal device according to the network standard, and thus the first terminal device will Obtain the corresponding V2X edge connection resources according to actual requirements.
  • the method further includes:
  • the configuration rule includes any one, any two, any three, or all of the following information: a mapping relationship between V2X service types and resources, Mapping relationship between quality of service QoS parameters and resources, quality of service QoS parameter threshold, and quality threshold of edge connection; wherein the quality threshold of edge connection includes the V2X edge connection of the first standard And / or the quality threshold of the V2X edge connection of the second standard, and the configuration rule is used to instruct the first terminal device to determine the V2X edge connection resource.
  • the configuration rule may include any one, any two, any three, or all of the above information.
  • the configuration rule may include a mapping relationship between V2X service types and resources, and a quality gate for edge connections.
  • the first terminal device measures the LTE / NR V2X SL CBR, and when the threshold value is met, the mapping relationship between the service type or QoS parameter configured by the network device and the resource is performed.
  • the resource may be a V2X edge connection resource of the first system, or a V2X edge connection resource of the second system, or a V2X edge connection resource of the first system and a V2X edge connection resource of the second system.
  • the above-mentioned quality of service QoS parameters may include any one, any two, or all of the following information: a single packet priority (PPPP), a single packet reliability (PPPR) service Quality Flow Indication (QFI).
  • PPPP single packet priority
  • PPPR single packet reliability
  • QFI Quality Flow Indication
  • the quality parameter of the above edge connection may include a channel busy rate (Channel Busy Ratio; CBR).
  • CBR Channel Busy Ratio
  • the first terminal device When the configuration rule includes a mapping relationship between V2X service types and resources, the first terminal device will obtain V2X edge connection resources corresponding to the V2X service type to be transmitted according to the V2X service type to be transmitted.
  • the first terminal device After receiving the configuration rule sent by the network device, the first terminal device can determine the V2X edge connection resource according to the configuration rule. In this way, the first terminal device can obtain the V2X service of the first standard according to the obtained V2X edge connection resource. And the second standard V2X service.
  • the method further includes:
  • the measurement event includes any one of the following:
  • the V2X edge connection channel busy rate SL CBR of the first system is greater than or equal to a second threshold, and / or, the V2X SL CBR of the second system is less than or equal to a third threshold; or,
  • the V2X SL CBR of the first system is less than or equal to a fourth threshold, and / or, the V2X SL CBR of the second system is greater than or equal to a fifth threshold; or,
  • V2X SLCBR of the first system or the CBR V2XSL of the second system is greater than or equal to a sixth threshold, and the reference signal received power RSRP or reference signal received quality RSRQ is greater than or equal to a seventh threshold; or ,
  • the V2X SLCBR of the first system or the V2X SLCBR of the second system is less than or equal to an eighth threshold, and the RSRP or the RSRQ is less than or equal to a ninth limit.
  • the V2X edge connection channel busy rate SL CBR of the first system is greater than or equal to the second threshold, or the V2X SL CBR of the second system is less than or equal to the third threshold, or the first
  • the V2X edge connection channel busy rate SL CBR of the standard is greater than or equal to the second threshold and the V2X SL CBR of the second standard is less than or equal to the third threshold, it is determined that the V2X edge connection resource is the second standard V2X edge connection resources.
  • V2X SL CBR of the first system is less than or equal to the fourth threshold, or V2X SL CBR of the second system is greater than or equal to the fifth threshold, or V2X SL CBR of the first system is less than or equal to
  • the fourth threshold value and the V2X SL CBR of the second standard are greater than or equal to the fifth threshold value, it is determined that the V2X edge connection resource is a V2X edge connection resource of the first standard.
  • V2X SL of the first system is greater than or equal to the sixth threshold and the RSRP is greater than or equal to the seventh threshold
  • V2X SL of the second system is greater than or equal to the sixth threshold and the RSRP is greater than Or greater than or equal to the seventh threshold
  • V2X SLCBR of the first scheme is greater than or equal to the sixth threshold and RSRQ is greater than or equal to the seventh threshold
  • V2X SL of the second scheme is greater than or If it is greater than or equal to the sixth threshold value and RSRQ is greater than or equal to the seventh threshold value, it is determined that the V2X edge connection resource is a Uu port resource.
  • V2X SL CBR of the first system is less than or equal to the eighth threshold and RSRP is less than or equal to the ninth threshold, or V2X SL of the first system is less than or equal to the eighth threshold and RSRQ is less than Or less than or equal to the ninth threshold, or V2X SL CBR of the second system is less than or equal to the eighth threshold and RSRP is less than or equal to the ninth threshold, or V2X SL of the second system is less than or If it is less than or equal to the eighth threshold value and RSRQ is less than or equal to the ninth threshold value, it is determined that the V2X edge connection resource is the first system V2X edge connection resource.
  • V2X SL CBR of the first system is less than or equal to the eighth threshold and the RSRP is less than or equal to the ninth threshold, or the V2X SL of the first system is less than or equal to the eighth threshold and the RSRQ is less than Or less than or equal to the ninth threshold, or V2X SL CBR of the second system is less than or equal to the eighth threshold and RSRP is less than or equal to the ninth threshold, or V2X SL of the second system is less than or If it is less than or equal to the eighth threshold value and RSRQ is less than or equal to the ninth threshold value, it is determined that the V2X edge connection resource is the second system V2X edge connection resource.
  • V2X edge connection resource is the V2X of the first system Edge connection resources and V2X edge connection resources of the second standard.
  • the method further includes:
  • the network device determines the V2X edge connection resource according to information that the second terminal device supports the V2X service of the first system and the V2X service of the second system.
  • the network device will receive the device identifier of the second terminal device sent by the first terminal device, and the network device will obtain, according to the device identifier, the second terminal device that supports the V2X service of the first system and the V2X service of the second system.
  • Information and according to the information that the second terminal device supports the V2X service of the first system and the V2X service of the second system, determine the V2X edge connection resource, so that the selected resource is more reasonable.
  • the method further includes:
  • the network device sends information that the second terminal device supports the V2X service of the first system and the V2X service of the second system to the first terminal device.
  • the V2X edge connection resource is selected according to the foregoing method, so that the selected resource is more reasonable .
  • the authorization information includes at least one of the following information: whether the first terminal device is authorized as a vehicle terminal device of the first standard, and whether the first terminal device is authorized as a handheld terminal of the first standard Device, whether the first terminal device is authorized as a vehicle terminal device of the second standard, and whether the first terminal device is authorized as a handheld terminal device of the second standard.
  • the first V2X edge connection and the second V2X edge connection use the same V2X synchronization type and SL-V-RNTI.
  • LTE V2X sidelink and NR V2X sidelink are both managed by network equipment, some configurations of LTE and NR V2X sidelink can be the same.
  • SL-V-RNTI and V2X synchronization types can be shared configurations, that is, SL -V-RNTI and V2X synchronization types are configured to distinguish between LTE and NR.
  • first V2X edge connection and the second V2X edge connection use the same V2X synchronization type and SL-V-RNTI, this can simplify the first V2X edge connection configuration and the second V2X edge connection configuration.
  • the V2X edge connection configuration of the first system and the V2X edge connection configuration of the second system may include LTE V2X sidelink transmission resource information, LTE V2X sidelink reception resource information, LTE V2X sidelink transmission power, LTE V2X sidelink MCS, LTE V2X synchronization configuration, NR V2X sidelink receiving resource information, NR V2X sidelink sending resource information, NR V2X sidelink transmitting power, NR V2X sidelink MCS, NR V2X synchronization configuration, public SL-V-RNTI, and common synchronization type.
  • a second aspect of the present application provides a communication device, which is provided with functions of realizing the first terminal device according to the first aspect, for example, the communication device includes the first terminal device performed in the first aspect above.
  • the module or unit or means corresponding to the steps; the communication device may also be provided with the function of implementing the network device according to the first aspect, for example, the communication device includes the network device described in the first aspect above.
  • the modules or units or means corresponding to the steps performed; the communication device may also be provided with the function of implementing the second terminal device according to the first aspect, for example, the communication device includes the first aspect A module or unit or means corresponding to the step performed by the second terminal device.
  • the above-mentioned functions or modules or units or means (means) can be implemented by software, hardware, or corresponding software.
  • the apparatus provided in the third aspect of the present application may be a terminal device or a chip in the terminal device, and the terminal device or the chip has a function of implementing the communication method in the foregoing aspects or any possible design thereof.
  • the functions may be implemented by hardware, and may also be implemented by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more units corresponding to the functions described above.
  • the terminal device may include a processing unit.
  • the processing unit may be a processor.
  • the terminal device may further include a transceiver unit.
  • the transceiver unit may be a transceiver.
  • the transceiver includes a radio frequency circuit.
  • the terminal device may further include a storage unit, and the storage unit may be, for example, a memory.
  • the storage unit is configured to store a computer execution instruction
  • the processing unit is connected to the storage unit, and the processing unit executes the computer execution instruction stored in the storage unit To enable the terminal device to perform the above-mentioned aspects or the communication method in any of its possible designs.
  • the chip may include a processing unit.
  • the processing unit may be a processor.
  • the chip may further include a transceiver unit.
  • the transceiver unit may be an input / output interface, a pin, or Circuit, etc.
  • the processing unit may execute computer execution instructions stored in the storage unit, so that the chip executes the above-mentioned aspects or the communication method in any possible design thereof.
  • the chip may further include a storage unit, which may be a storage unit (for example, a register, a cache, etc.) in the chip, and the storage unit may also be a chip located in the terminal device and located in the chip.
  • An external storage unit for example, read-only memory (ROM)) or other types of static storage devices (for example, random access memory (RAM) that can store static information and instructions.
  • ROM read-only memory
  • RAM random access memory
  • the above-mentioned processor may be a central processing unit (CPU), a microprocessor, or an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or one or more for controlling the above aspects or Its any possible design of an integrated circuit for program execution of a communication method.
  • CPU central processing unit
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • the device may also be a network device or a chip in the network device, and the network device or the chip has a function of implementing the communication method in the above aspects or any possible design thereof.
  • the functions may be implemented by hardware, and may also be implemented by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more units corresponding to the functions described above.
  • the network device may include a processing unit, the processing unit may be a processor, the network device may further include a transceiver unit, the transceiver unit may be a transceiver, and the transceiver may include a radio frequency circuit, optionally,
  • the network device may further include a storage unit, and the storage unit may be, for example, a memory.
  • the storage unit is configured to store a computer execution instruction
  • the processing unit is connected to the storage unit, and the processing unit executes the computer execution instruction stored in the storage unit To enable the terminal device to perform the above-mentioned aspects or the communication method in any of its possible designs.
  • the chip may include a processing unit, the processing unit may be a processor, the chip may further include a transceiver unit, and the transceiver unit may be an input / output interface, a pin, or a circuit on the chip.
  • the processing unit may execute computer execution instructions stored in the storage unit, so that the chip executes the above-mentioned aspects or the communication method in any possible design thereof.
  • the chip may further include a storage unit, which may be a storage unit (for example, a register, a cache, etc.) in the chip, and the storage unit may also be a chip in the network device located in the chip.
  • An external storage unit for example, read-only memory (ROM)) or other types of static storage devices (for example, random access memory (RAM)) that can store static information and instructions.
  • the above-mentioned processor may be a central processing unit (CPU), a microprocessor, or an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or one or more for controlling the above aspects or Its any possible design of an integrated circuit for program execution of a communication method.
  • CPU central processing unit
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • a third aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a terminal device, including: a memory and a processor, where the memory is used to store a computer program, where the computer program runs on the processor, so that the terminal
  • the device implements the functions of the first terminal device as referred to in the first aspect.
  • a fourth aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a network device, including: a memory and a processor, where the memory is configured to store a computer program, where the computer program runs on the processor, so that the network
  • the device implements the functions of the network device as referred to in the first aspect.
  • a fifth aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium for storing computer instructions, which when executed on a computer, causes the computer to execute the communication method provided by the first aspect of the embodiments of the present application.
  • a sixth aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a computer program product containing instructions, which when executed on a computer, causes the computer to execute the communication method provided by the first aspect of the embodiments of the present application.
  • a seventh aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a chip, including: a memory and a processor, where the memory is used to store a computer program, and the processor is used to call and run the computer from the memory.
  • An eighth aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a communication system including the above-mentioned various forms of network equipment and / or terminal equipment.
  • a first terminal device receives a V2X edge connection configuration of a first system and a V2X edge connection configuration of a second system from a network device, and according to the V2X edge of the first system, The connection configuration and the V2X edge connection configuration of the second system obtain the V2X edge connection resources used for data transmission, and then communicate with the second terminal device on the V2X edge connection resources. Since the first terminal device can obtain the V2X edge connection configuration of the first system and the V2X edge connection configuration of the second system from the network device, the resource and / or the second connection can be connected from the V2X edge of the first system according to the above two configurations.
  • the V2X edge connection resources used to transmit data are determined, so that the V2X service communication of the first system and / or the V2X service communication of the second system are performed with the second terminal device according to the determined V2X edge connection resources. In this way, it can be ensured that the same terminal device can obtain the V2X service of the first system and the V2X service of the second system.
  • Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a V2X service
  • FIGS. 2a and 2b are schematic diagrams of data transmission of a V2X service in an LTE system and an NR system;
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is another schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of a base station according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the network architecture and service scenarios described in the embodiments of the present application are intended to more clearly illustrate the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application, and do not constitute a limitation on the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application. Those skilled in the art can know that with the network The evolution of the architecture and the emergence of new business scenarios. The technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application are also applicable to similar technical issues.
  • Terminal equipment also called user equipment (UE), access terminal equipment, user unit, user station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal device, mobile device, user terminal device, terminal Device, wireless communication device, user agent, or user device.
  • Terminal equipment can be stations (ST) in wireless local area networks (WLAN), cellular phones, cordless phones, session initiation protocol (SIP) phones, wireless local loops (wireless local loop (WLL) stations, personal digital processing (PDA) devices, handheld devices with wireless communication capabilities, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, in-vehicle devices, wearable devices, and next-generation communication systems
  • 5G fifth-generation
  • PLMN public land mobile network
  • NR new air interface
  • the terminal device device may also be a wearable device.
  • Wearable devices can also be referred to as wearable smart devices, which are the general name for applying wearable technology to intelligently design daily wear and develop wearable devices, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing and shoes.
  • a wearable device is a device that is worn directly on the body or is integrated into the user's clothing or accessories. Wearable devices are not only a hardware device, but also powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction.
  • Broad-spectrum wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-sized, full or partial functions that do not rely on smart phones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, as well as focusing on a certain type of application functions, and can cooperate with other devices such as smart phones Use, such as smart bracelets, smart jewelry, etc. for physical signs monitoring.
  • the terminal equipment may further include a drone, such as an on-board communication device on the drone.
  • a drone such as an on-board communication device on the drone.
  • the network device may be a device for communicating with a mobile device.
  • the network device may be an access point (AP) in WLAN, a base station (BTS) in GSM or CDMA, or it may be
  • the base station (nodeB, NB) in WCDMA can also be an evolved base station (eNB or eNodeB) in LTE, or a relay station or access point, or an in-vehicle device, a wearable device, and a network in the future 5G network Equipment, or network equipment in a future evolved PLMN network, or a new generation base station (gNodeB) in an NR system.
  • AP access point
  • BTS base station
  • NB base station
  • eNB evolved base station
  • gNodeB new generation base station
  • V2X is a type of communication service using V2V applications. It is transmitted through 3GPP, including V2I service, V2N service, V2P service, and V2V service.
  • V2I service includes terminal equipment and road facilities
  • participants of V2N service Including terminal equipment and service entities, communicating through network equipment.
  • the two participants in V2P and V2V services are terminal devices.
  • the unit in this application refers to a functional unit or a logical unit. It can be in the form of software, and its functions can be implemented by the processor executing program code; it can also be in the form of hardware.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a V2X service architecture, as shown in FIG. 1 V2X services include V2I services, V2N services, V2P services, and V2V services. Among them, V2X services can be transmitted through the PC5 interface or Uu port.
  • the V2X service of the first system may be an LTE V2X service or an NR V2X service.
  • the V2X service of the second system may be an NR V2X service or an LTE V2X service.
  • the V2X of the first system and the V2X of the second system may also be wireless fidelity (WIFI), and different systems may also use different spectrum resources, different encoding and decoding technologies, and different subcarrier intervals. , Different transmission times (transmission, timing), different CP lengths, different modulation and demodulation technologies, or access technologies with different transmission time intervals.
  • the V2X service of the first system is an LTE V2X service
  • the V2X service of the second system is an NR V2X service.
  • the V2X service of the first system and the V2X service of the second system are other supported V2X services.
  • the specific communication method may be similar to the communication method when the V2X service of the first system is an LTE V2X service and the V2X service of the second system is an NR V2X service, and details are not described herein again.
  • FIG. 2a and FIG. 2b are schematic diagrams of data transmission of V2X services in the LTE system and the NR system
  • FIG. 2a illustrates a case where LTE and NR V2X sidelink resources are managed by an LTE base station (eNB).
  • the V2X service can transmit data between the eNB and the first terminal device through the Uu port, and then the V2X service can be transmitted through the network side and the second terminal device; it can also be transmitted between the first terminal device and the second terminal device.
  • the LTE PC5 interface and / or NR PC5 interface directly perform data transmission.
  • FIG. 2b shows a case where LTE and NR V2X sidelink resources are managed by an NR base station (gNB).
  • the V2X service can transmit data between the gNB and the first terminal device through the Uu port, and then realize the transmission of V2X services through the network side and the second terminal device, or between the first terminal device and the second terminal device.
  • the LTE PC5 interface and / or NR PC5 interface directly perform data transmission.
  • V2X service may be, for example, IP, non-IP, V2V, V2I, V2N, V2P, service provider identifier (PSID), or intelligent transportation system application identifier (intelligent transport system applications application identifier; ITS- AID).
  • PSID service provider identifier
  • intelligent transportation system application identifier intelligent transportation system application identifier
  • a first terminal device receives a V2X edge connection configuration and a second standard from a network device.
  • V2X edge connection configuration and according to the first system V2X edge connection configuration and the second system V2X edge connection configuration, obtain the V2X edge connection resource used for data transmission, and then use the V2X edge connection resource with the second End devices communicate. Since the first terminal device can obtain the V2X edge connection configuration of the first system and the V2X edge connection configuration of the second system from the network device, the resource and / or the second connection can be connected from the V2X edge of the first system according to the above two configurations.
  • the V2X edge connection resource used to transmit data is determined from the V2X edge connection resource of the two systems, so as to perform V2X service communication with the second terminal device according to the determined V2X edge connection resource. In this way, the same terminal device can be guaranteed to obtain the first V2X service of the standard system and V2X service of the second system.
  • FIG. 3 is a signaling flowchart of the communication method of the present application. Based on the system architecture shown in FIG. 1, FIG. 2a, and FIG. 2b, as shown in FIG. 3, the method in this embodiment may include:
  • Step 301 The network device sends a V2X edge connection configuration of the first standard and / or a V2X edge connection configuration of the second standard to the first terminal device.
  • the network device may be a base station corresponding to the first system or a base station corresponding to the second system. That is, the base stations in one system uniformly manage the sidelinks and side links of the first system V2X. V2X sidelink of the two systems.
  • the network device can send the side link configuration of the V2X of the first system and / or the sidelink configuration of the V2X of the second system to the first terminal through broadcasting or dedicated signaling. device.
  • a network device sends a V2X sidelink configuration of the first system and / or a sidelink configuration of the V2X system of the second system to the first terminal device through a dedicated signaling method, it is usually locally First, a V2X sidelink configuration of the first system and / or a V2X sidelink configuration of the second system are generated, and then sent through high-level signaling.
  • the network device when the network device sends the V2X edge connection configuration of the first standard and / or the V2X edge connection configuration of the second standard, first acquiring the first terminal device supporting the first standard At least one of the information about the V2X service and the second system V2X service, the authorization information of the first terminal device, and the sidelink aggregate maximum bit rate (AMBR), for example, obtaining support from the first terminal device Information about V2X services of the first system, information of V2X services supporting the second system, authorization information of the first terminal device and sidelink AMBR information, or it can also be obtained that the first terminal device supports the first Information about V2X services of the standard system, information about V2X services supporting the second system, authorization information of the first terminal device, and any two pieces of information in the sidelink AMBR.
  • ABR sidelink aggregate maximum bit rate
  • the network device may also obtain information of the first terminal device supporting the V2X service of the first system, the information of supporting the V2X service of the second system, the authorization information of the first terminal device, and all of the sidelink AMBR. information.
  • the network device may send at least one of the information that the first terminal device supports the V2X service of the first system and the V2X service of the second system, the authorization information of the first terminal device, and the sidelink AMBR to the first
  • the terminal device sends the V2X edge connection configuration of the first standard and / or the V2X edge connection configuration of the second standard.
  • the sidelink AMBR may include a first sidelink AMBR in the V2X of the first system and a second sidelink AMBR in the V2X of the second system.
  • the authorization information may include at least one of the following information: whether the first terminal device is authorized as a vehicle terminal device of the first standard, and whether the first terminal device is authorized as a handheld device of the first standard ( A Pedestrian terminal device, whether the first terminal device is authorized as a vehicle terminal device of the second standard, and whether the first terminal device is authorized as a handheld terminal device of the second standard.
  • the first terminal device first obtains information that the first terminal device supports the first system V2X service and the second system V2X service. Specifically, the first terminal device may support the first system V2X service and the second system V2X service. Business capability indication information.
  • the network device may also broadcast its support for V2X to the first terminal device.
  • the support for the V2X service by the network device may include any one, two, or all of the following: The network device only supports the first The V2X service and network equipment of the standard system only support the V2X service of the second system, or the network device supports both the V2X service of the first system and the V2X service of the second system.
  • the first terminal device may select a base station that matches its own capability to camp or access.
  • the first terminal device can select a V2X service that supports both the V2X service of the first system and the V2X service of the second system under the same conditions.
  • Network equipment for access After accessing, the first terminal device sends information to the network device that the first terminal device supports the V2X service of the first system and the V2X service of the second system.
  • the core network device may send the authorization information of the first terminal device to the network device, or the core network device may send a sidelink AMBR to the network device, Or, the core network device sends the authorization information of the first terminal device and the sidelink AMBR to the network device.
  • the network device may also be switched from the source in the switching scenario. Obtained from base station or core network equipment.
  • the network device may also obtain the above information from the master base station.
  • the network device confirms that the first terminal device supports the first system V2X service and the second system V2X service according to the information that the first terminal device supports the first system V2X service and the second system V2X service, and After confirming that the first terminal device is authorized, the first terminal device may be configured with the V2X edge connection configuration of the first standard and / or the V2X edge connection configuration of the second standard.
  • the V2X edge connection configuration of the first system includes at least one of the following information: LTE V2X sidelink sends resource information, LTE V2X sidelink receives resource information, LTE V2X sidelink transmit power, LTE V2X sidelink modulation and coding scheme (MCS), LTE edge-connected vehicle-all wireless network temporary identifiers (sidelink-V2X-radio) network temporary identifier (SL-V-RNTI), LTE V2X Synchronization type and LTE V2X synchronization configuration.
  • LTE V2X sidelink sends resource information
  • LTE V2X sidelink receives resource information
  • LTE V2X sidelink transmit power
  • MCS LTE edge-connected vehicle-all wireless network temporary identifiers
  • SL-V-RNTI LTE V2X Synchronization type
  • LTE V2X synchronization configuration includes at least one of the following information: LTE V2X sidelink sends resource
  • the V2X edge connection configuration of the second standard includes at least one of the following information: NR V2X sidelink receives resource information, NR V2X sidelink sends resource information, NR V2X sidelink transmission power, NR V2X sidelink MCS, NR SL-V-RNTI, NR V2X synchronization type and NR V2X synchronization configuration.
  • the first V2X edge connection and the second V2X edge connection use the same V2X synchronization type and SL-V-RNTI.
  • LTE V2X sidelink and NR V2X sidelink are both managed by network equipment, some configurations of LTE and NR V2X sidelink can be the same.
  • SL-V-RNTI and V2X synchronization types can be shared configurations, that is, SL- V-RNTI and V2X synchronization types are distinguished from LTE and NR for configuration.
  • first V2X edge connection and the second V2X edge connection use the same V2X synchronization type and SL-V-RNTI, this can simplify the first V2X edge connection configuration and the second V2X edge connection configuration.
  • the V2X edge connection configuration of the first system and the V2X edge connection configuration of the second system may include LTE V2X sidelink transmission resource information, LTE V2X sidelink reception resource information, LTE V2X sidelink transmission power, LTE V2X sidelink MCS, LTE V2X synchronization configuration, NR V2X sidelink receiving resource information, NR V2X sidelink sending resource information, NR V2X sidelink transmitting power, NR V2X sidelink MCS, NR V2X synchronization configuration, public SL-V-RNTI, and common synchronization type.
  • Step 302 The first terminal device obtains a V2X edge connection resource used for data transmission according to the V2X edge connection configuration of the first system and / or the V2X edge connection configuration of the second system.
  • the first terminal device may connect from the V2X edge of the first system.
  • Configure the available resources of the V2X edge connection of the first system and the available resources of the V2X edge connection of the second system included in the V2X edge connection configuration of the second system select the V2X edge connection resource of the first system to transmit data , Or select the V2X edge connection resource of the second system to transmit data, or select the V2X edge connection resource of the first system and the V2X edge connection resource of the second system to transmit data;
  • the first terminal device may also be based on the V2X of the first system
  • the edge connection configuration and the V2X edge connection configuration of the second standard request the network device for the V2X edge connection resources of the first standard and / or the V2X edge connection resources of the second standard to transmit data.
  • the manner in which the first terminal device obtains the V2X edge connection resource used for transmitting data may be that the first terminal device determines the V2X edge connection resource itself, or the first terminal device receives the V2X edge connection resource allocated by the network device.
  • the manner in which the first terminal device acquires the V2X edge connection resource used for data transmission will be described by way of example.
  • the V2X edge connection resource used by the first terminal device to obtain data for transmission includes: the first terminal device receives a first message broadcast by a network device, and the first message may include any of the following: Any two or all of them: the identification of the area, the V2X edge connection configuration of the first system and the V2X edge connection configuration of the second system, and the V2X edge connection configuration of the first system includes the first system Available resources for V2X edge connection, V2X edge connection configuration for the second system includes available resources for the V2X edge connection for the second system; according to the region to which the first terminal device currently belongs, the first terminal device corresponds to the first system from the region to which the first terminal device belongs. At least one available resource is selected from the available resources of the V2X edge connection and / or at least one available resource is selected from the available resources of the V2X edge connection of the second standard.
  • the first message may only include any one of the area identifier, the V2X edge connection configuration of the first system and the second system V2X edge connection configuration, and may also include the area identification, Any two of the V2X edge connection configuration corresponding to the region and the V2X edge connection configuration of the second standard, for example, the first message includes the area identifier and the area corresponding to the first standard.
  • the V2X edge connection configuration, or the first message includes the area identifier and the V2X edge connection configuration of the second standard corresponding to the area, or the first message includes the V2X edge connection configuration of the first standard corresponding to the area and V2X edge connection configuration of the second system corresponding to the region.
  • the first message may also include the area identifier, the V2X edge connection configuration of the first system and the V2X edge connection configuration of the second system corresponding to the area.
  • the V2X service can be transmitted through the PC5 interface, and the communication mode through the PC5 interface can be further divided into two modes: mode3 mode and mode4 mode.
  • the mode 3 mode is that the terminal device needs to request resources from the network device each time data is sent.
  • the mode 4 mode is to continue to send resources from the public resources allocated by the network device.
  • the public resources can be location-dependent or Location-independent resources are allocated by network equipment to terminal equipment through dedicated signaling.
  • the network device may broadcast a first message in a cell, where the first message includes an identifier of one or more areas, and a V2X edge connection configuration of the first standard corresponding to the area. Connected to the V2X edge of the second system.
  • the V2X edge connection configuration of the first system includes available resources of the V2X edge connection of the first system
  • the V2X edge connection configuration of the second system includes available resources of the V2X edge connection of the second system.
  • the first terminal device may select at least one resource among the available resources of the V2X edge connection of the first system as the V2X edge connection resource for data transmission, or may also select the V2X edge connection of the second system At least one of the available resources is used as a V2X edge connection resource for transmitting data, or at least one of the available resources of the V2X edge connection of the first system and the available resources of the V2X edge connection of the second system may be selected. At least one of the resources is used as a V2X edge connection resource for transmitting data.
  • a duplication operation may be performed, that is, in the first system, The V2X edge connection resource and the V2X edge connection resource of the second system send the same data or signaling.
  • the network device broadcasts multiple available resources for the area.
  • the first terminal device selects one or more available resources from the multiple available resources broadcast by the network device.
  • the first terminal device is performing carrier aggregation. ; CA), you can select two or more available resources.
  • the V2X edge connection configuration of the two standards can be provided to the first terminal device, so that the first terminal device can obtain the two standard V2X edge connection configuration, so that in the idle state, V2X services of the first system and V2X services of the second system can also be obtained.
  • the first message broadcasted by the network device to the first terminal device may include both V2X edge connection configurations and indication information for indicating that the V2X service of the first system and the V2X of the second system are supported. Service.
  • the first message may only include the V2X edge connection configuration of the first system and the V2X edge connection configuration of the second system.
  • the first terminal device may The configuration determines that the network supports the V2X service of the first system and the V2X service of the second system.
  • the first terminal device can determine that the network device can support both the V2X service of the first system and the first system.
  • the V2X service of the second system, and the network equipment will provide the available resources of the V2X edge connection sidelink of the first system and the available resources of the V2X edge connection sidelink of the second system.
  • the network device may also broadcast only one V2X edge connection configuration, or a V2X edge connection configuration and indication information for supporting a V2X service.
  • the one type of V2X service may be a V2X service of the first system or a V2X service of the second system.
  • the information broadcast by the above network equipment corresponds to a public land mobile network (PLMN).
  • PLMN public land mobile network
  • the first terminal device may also first obtain information that the second terminal device supports the V2X service of the first system and the V2X service of the second system, and then supports the first system according to the second terminal device. For V2X service and V2X service of the second system, select V2X edge connection resources.
  • the first terminal device first learns whether the second terminal device can support the V2X service of the first system, whether it can support the V2X service of the second system, or whether it can simultaneously support the first system.
  • V2X services and second-standard V2X services may be obtained through a V2X control function (control function), or may be obtained from a network device, or may be obtained through an application (APP) installed in the first terminal device.
  • control function control function
  • APP application
  • the first terminal device may obtain, from a network device, information that the second terminal device supports the V2X service of the first system and the V2X service of the second system.
  • One implementation manner includes that the first terminal device provides The network device sends an identifier of the second terminal device, and the network device obtains information that the second terminal device supports the V2X service of the first system and the V2X service of the second system according to the identifier of the second terminal device. And send it to the first terminal device.
  • the first terminal device learns that the second terminal device can simultaneously support the V2X service of the first system and the V2X service of the second system, it selects the V2X edge connection resource according to the foregoing manner.
  • the first terminal device may select the V2X edge connection resource of the first system accordingly, or if the first terminal device It is learned that the second terminal device can only support the V2X service of the second system, and accordingly, the first terminal device can select the V2X edge connection resource of the second system.
  • obtaining the V2X edge connection resource used by the first terminal device to transmit data includes: the first terminal device sends a second message to the network device, and the second message carries at least one type of instruction Information of the network standard.
  • the first terminal device receives the V2X edge connection resource sent by the network device according to the network standard.
  • the first terminal device needs to request resources from the network device before each data transmission.
  • the first terminal device sends a second message to the network device, and the second message includes information used to indicate a sidelink radio access technology (RAT) type, such as used to indicate that it is the first
  • RAT radio access technology
  • the system is also the second system, or used to indicate both the first system and the second system.
  • the network device After receiving the second message sent by the first terminal device, the network device determines the V2X edge connection resource according to the information indicating the network format carried in the second message, and sends the V2X edge connection resource to the first terminal device. . For example: if the second message carries information indicating the first system, the network device determines that the V2X edge connection resource is the first system V2X edge connection resource; if the second message carries the information indicating the second system , The network device will determine that the V2X edge connection resource is the second system V2X edge connection resource. If the second message carries information indicating the first system and the second system, the network device will determine the V2X edge connection resource. It is a V2X edge connection resource of the first system and a V2X edge connection resource of the second system.
  • the second message may be a scheduling report (SR) or a buffer status report (Buffer status report (BSR)).
  • SR scheduling report
  • BSR buffer status report
  • the second message may be terminal assistance information (UE) Information.
  • UE terminal assistance information
  • the first terminal device sends a UE assistance information message to the network device, it is included in the UE assistance information message.
  • the semi-static configuration may also be referred to as a configured grant configuration, which may be type 1 or type 2.
  • the terminal equipment assistance information message is used to request the network side to allocate pre-configured scheduling resources.
  • the network device Since the first terminal device can send information indicating the network standard to the network device, in this way, the network device will send the V2X edge connection resource to the first terminal device according to the network standard, and thus the first terminal device will obtain Corresponding V2X edge connection resources.
  • the network device when the network device allocates the V2X edge connection resource to the first terminal device, it may also perform the combination with the information that the second terminal device supports the V2X service of the first system and the V2X service of the second system.
  • the network device will receive the device identification of the second terminal device sent by the first terminal device, and the network device will obtain information that the second terminal device supports the V2X service of the first system and the V2X service of the second system according to the device identification. And according to the information that the second terminal device supports the V2X service of the first system and the V2X service of the second system, the V2X edge connection resource is determined, so that the determined V2X edge connection resource is more reasonable.
  • the V2X edge connection resource used by the first terminal device to obtain the transmission data includes: the first terminal device receives a configuration rule sent by the network device, and the configuration rule includes any one of the following information, Any two, any three, or all: the mapping relationship between V2X service types and resources, the quality of service (Qos) parameters and resources, the quality of service QoS parameter thresholds, and edges The quality threshold value of the connection; wherein the quality threshold value of the edge connection includes the quality threshold value of the V2X edge connection of the first system and / or the quality threshold value of the V2X edge connection of the second system, the first terminal device Determine the V2X edge connection resources according to the above configuration rules.
  • the configuration rule includes any one of the following information, Any two, any three, or all: the mapping relationship between V2X service types and resources, the quality of service (Qos) parameters and resources, the quality of service QoS parameter thresholds, and edges The quality threshold value of the connection; wherein the quality threshold value of the edge connection includes the quality threshold value of the V
  • the network device may send a configuration rule to the first terminal device.
  • the first terminal device may obtain the V2X edge connection resource used for data transmission according to the configuration rule.
  • the configuration rule may include any one, any two, any three, or all of the above information.
  • the configuration rule may include a mapping relationship between a V2X service type and a resource, and a quality threshold of an edge connection.
  • the first terminal device measures the LTE / NR V2X sidelink CBR, and when the threshold is met, the mapping relationship between the service type or QoS parameter configured by the network device and the resource is performed.
  • the resource may be a V2X edge connection resource of the first system, or a V2X edge connection resource of the second system, or a V2X edge connection resource of the first system and a V2X edge connection resource of the second system.
  • the above-mentioned quality of service QoS parameters may include any one, any two, or all of the following information: a single packet priority (PPPP), a single packet reliability (PPPR) service Quality Flow Indication (QFI).
  • the quality of service flow indication may also be 5QI (5G QoS Indentifier) or priority level (priority level).
  • the quality parameter of the above edge connection may include a channel busy rate (Channel Busy Ratio; CBR).
  • CBR Channel Busy Ratio
  • the first terminal device When the configuration rule includes a mapping relationship between V2X service types and resources, the first terminal device will obtain V2X edge connection resources corresponding to the V2X service type to be transmitted according to the V2X service type to be transmitted.
  • V2X service types will be provided by V2X edge connection resources of different standards.
  • the first V2X service corresponds to the V2X edge connection resource of the first system
  • the second V2X service corresponds to the V2X edge connection resource of the second system.
  • the first terminal device When the first terminal device needs to transmit the first V2X service, the first The terminal device will obtain the V2X edge connection resource of the first standard.
  • the first terminal device When the first terminal device needs to transmit the second V2X service, the first terminal device will obtain the V2X edge connection resource of the second standard.
  • the first terminal device When the first V2X service and the second V2X service are transmitted at the same time, the first terminal device will obtain the V2X edge connection resources of the first system and the V2X edge connection
  • the first terminal device After receiving the configuration rule sent by the network device, the first terminal device can determine the V2X edge connection resource according to the configuration rule. In this way, the first terminal device can obtain the V2X service of the first standard according to the obtained V2X edge connection resource. And the second standard V2X service.
  • a network device may configure a correspondence between QoS parameters and resources to a first terminal device, where the QoS parameters include a single At least one of a packet priority (prose, packet, priority, PPPP), single packet reliability (prose, packet reliability, PPPR), quality of service flow indicator (QoS flow indicator, QFI), and the resource includes a first V2X edge Connection resources and second V2X edge connection resources.
  • the network device configures the corresponding relationship between the QoS parameters and the resources to the first terminal device.
  • the corresponding relationship between the QoS parameters, resources, and logical channel group (LCG) may be allocated.
  • the first terminal device After the first terminal device receives the above configuration, when V2X service data arrives, it acquires the QoS parameters of the V2X service data, and maps the corresponding data to the corresponding LCG according to the configuration rule configured by the network device. When the BSR reports, it only carries LCG information. At this time, the network device can know the resources that need to be allocated for the LCG data based on the configuration rules sent to the first terminal device, that is, the V2X edge connection resources of the first standard and / or V2X edge connection resources in the second system.
  • the first terminal device receives the V2X edge connection resource of the first system and / or the V2X edge connection resource of the second system allocated by the network device, and connects the V2X edge of the first system according to the correspondence between the resource and the logical channel group.
  • the resources and / or the V2X edge connection resources of the second standard are used to send the V2X service data buffered on the LCG.
  • the configuration rule includes a quality of service Qos parameter threshold
  • the quality of service Qos parameter threshold includes a single packet priority (prose packet priority) (PPPP) first threshold and / or a single packet reliability ( prose (packet reliability), the first threshold value
  • the first terminal device determines the manner of V2X edge connection resources according to the configuration rule, which meets any of the following:
  • the PPPP of the data packet to be sent by the first terminal device is greater than or equal to the first threshold of PPPP, and / or, the PPPR of the data packet to be sent is greater than or equal to the first threshold of PPPR, then it is determined that the V2X edge connection resource is V2X edge connection resources in the first system.
  • the data packet to be sent of the first terminal device will have corresponding PPPP and / or PPPR. If the PPPP of the data packet to be sent is greater than or equal to the first threshold value of PPPP, it is determined that the V2X edge connection resource is The V2X edge connection resource of the first system, or the PPPR of the data packet to be sent is greater than or equal to the first threshold of the PPPR, it is determined that the V2X edge connection resource is the V2X edge connection resource of the first system, or the to-be-sent If the PPPP of the data packet is greater than or equal to the first threshold of PPPP, and the PPPR of the data packet to be sent is greater than or equal to the first threshold of PPPR, it is determined that the V2X edge connection resource is the first-standard V2X edge connection resource. .
  • the smaller the value of PPPP the higher the priority of the data packet to be sent.
  • the smaller the value of PPPR the higher the reliability requirements of the data to be sent, and that the V2X edge connection resources of the first system can be used for data transmission with lower priority and / or lower reliability requirements.
  • the PPPP of the data packet to be sent is greater than or equal to the first threshold of PPPP, and / or, the PPPR of the data packet to be sent is greater than or equal to the first threshold of PPPR, determine that the V2X edge connection resource is the first mode V2X edge connection resources. In this way, terminal devices can select the appropriate V2X resources to meet the QoS requirements of data packets.
  • the PPPP of the data packet to be sent by the first terminal device is greater than or equal to the first threshold of PPPP, and / or, the PPPR of the data packet to be sent is greater than or equal to the first threshold of PPPR, then it is determined that the V2X edge connection resource is V2X edge connection resources in the second system.
  • the data packet to be sent of the first terminal device will have corresponding PPPP and / or PPPR. If the PPPP of the data packet to be sent is greater than or equal to the first threshold value of PPPP, it is determined that the V2X edge connection resource is The V2X edge connection resource of the second system, or the PPPR of the data packet to be sent is greater than or equal to the first threshold of the PPPR, it is determined that the V2X edge connection resource is the V2X edge connection resource of the second system, or the to-be-sent If the PPPP of the data packet is greater than or equal to the first threshold value of PPPP, and the PPPR of the data packet to be sent is greater than or equal to the first threshold value of PPPR, it is determined that the V2X edge connection resource is the second-standard V2X edge connection resource. .
  • the PPPP of the data packet to be sent is greater than or equal to the first threshold of PPPP, and / or, the PPPR of the data packet to be sent is greater than or equal to the first threshold of PPPR, determine that the V2X edge connection resource is the second system. V2X edge connection resources. In this way, terminal devices can select the appropriate V2X resources to meet the QoS requirements of data packets.
  • the PPPP of the data packet to be sent by the first terminal device is greater than or equal to the first threshold of PPPP, and / or, the PPPR of the data packet to be sent is less than or equal to the first threshold of PPPR, then it is determined that the V2X edge connection resource is V2X edge connection resources in the first system.
  • the data packet to be sent of the first terminal device will have corresponding PPPP and / or PPPR. If the PPPP of the data packet to be sent is greater than or equal to the first threshold value of PPPP, it is determined that the V2X edge connection resource is The V2X edge connection resource of the first system, or the PPPR of the data packet to be sent is less than or equal to the first threshold of the PPPR, it is determined that the V2X edge connection resource is the V2X edge connection resource of the first system, or the to-be-sent If the PPPP of the data packet is greater than or equal to the first threshold of PPPP, and the PPPR of the data packet to be sent is less than or equal to the first threshold of PPPR, it is determined that the V2X edge connection resource is the first system V2X edge connection resource.
  • the smaller the value of PPPP the higher the priority of the data packet to be sent.
  • the larger the value of PPPR the higher the reliability requirement of the data to be sent, and that the V2X edge connection resources of the first system can be used for data transmission with lower priority and / or lower reliability requirements.
  • the PPPP of the data packet to be sent is greater than or equal to the first threshold of PPPP, and / or, the PPPR of the data packet to be sent is less than or equal to the first threshold of PPPR, determine that the V2X edge connection resource is the first mode V2X edge connection resources. In this way, terminal devices can select the appropriate V2X resources to meet the QoS requirements of data packets.
  • the PPPP of the data packet to be sent by the first terminal device is greater than or equal to the first threshold of PPPP, and / or, the PPPR of the data packet to be sent is less than or equal to the first threshold of PPPR, then it is determined that the V2X edge connection resource is V2X edge connection resources in the second system.
  • the data packet to be sent of the first terminal device will have corresponding PPPP and / or PPPR. If the PPPP of the data packet to be sent is greater than or equal to the first threshold value of PPPP, it is determined that the V2X edge connection resource is The V2X edge connection resource of the second system, or the PPPR of the data packet to be sent is less than or equal to the first threshold of the PPPR, it is determined that the V2X edge connection resource is the V2X edge connection resource of the second system, or the to-be-sent If the PPPP of the data packet is greater than or equal to the first threshold value of PPPP, and the PPPR of the data packet to be sent is less than or equal to the first threshold value of PPPR, it is determined that the V2X edge connection resource is the second-standard V2X edge connection resource.
  • the smaller the value of PPPP the higher the priority of the data packet to be sent.
  • the larger the value of PPPR the higher the reliability requirement of the data to be sent, and that the V2X edge connection resources of the second system can be used for data transmission with lower priority and / or lower reliability requirements.
  • the PPPP of the data packet to be sent is greater than or equal to the first threshold of PPPP, and / or, the PPPR of the data packet to be sent is less than or equal to the first threshold of PPPR, determine that the V2X edge connection resource is the second system. V2X edge connection resources. In this way, terminal devices can select the appropriate V2X resources to meet the QoS requirements of data packets.
  • the PPPP of the data packet to be sent by the first terminal device is less than or equal to the first PPPP threshold, and / or, if the PPPR of the data packet to be sent is less than or equal to the first PPPR threshold, then a V2X edge connection is determined.
  • the resource is a V2X edge connection resource of the first standard.
  • the data packet to be sent of the first terminal device will have corresponding PPPP and / or PPPR. If the PPPP of the data packet to be sent is less than or equal to the first threshold value of PPPP, it is determined that the V2X edge connection resource is The V2X edge connection resource of the first system, or the PPPR of the data packet to be sent is less than or equal to the first threshold of the PPPR, it is determined that the V2X edge connection resource is the V2X edge connection resource of the first system, or the to-be-sent If the PPPP of the data packet is less than or equal to the first threshold of PPPP, and the PPPR of the data packet to be sent is less than or equal to the first threshold of PPPR, it is determined that the V2X edge connection resource is the first system V2X edge connection resource.
  • the smaller the value of PPPP the higher the priority of the data packet to be sent.
  • the smaller the value of PPPR the higher the reliability requirements of the data to be sent, and that the V2X edge connection resources of the first system can be used for data transmission with higher priority and / or higher reliability requirements.
  • the PPPP of the data packet to be sent is less than or equal to the first PPPP threshold, and / or, the PPPR of the data packet to be sent is less than or equal to the first PPPR threshold, determine that the V2X edge connection resource is the first A standard V2X edge connection resource. In this way, the terminal device can select an appropriate V2X resource to meet the QoS requirements of the data packet.
  • the PPPP of the data packet to be sent by the first terminal device is less than or equal to the first PPPP threshold value, and / or, the PPPR of the data packet to be sent is less than or equal to the first PPPR threshold value, it is determined that the V2X edge connection resource is V2X edge connection resources in the second system.
  • the data packet to be sent of the first terminal device will have corresponding PPPP and / or PPPR. If the PPPP of the data packet to be sent is less than or equal to the first threshold value of PPPP, it is determined that the V2X edge connection resource is The V2X edge connection resource of the second system, or the PPPR of the data packet to be sent is less than or equal to the first threshold of the PPPR, it is determined that the V2X edge connection resource is the V2X edge connection resource of the second system, or the to-be-sent If the PPPP of the data packet is less than or equal to the first threshold of PPPP, and the PPPR of the data packet to be sent is less than or equal to the first threshold of PPPR, it is determined that the V2X edge connection resource is the second system V2X edge connection resource.
  • the PPPP of the data packet to be sent by the first terminal device is less than or equal to the first PPPP threshold value, and / or, the PPPR of the data packet to be sent is greater than or equal to the first PPPR threshold value, it is determined that the V2X edge connection resource is V2X edge connection resources in the first system.
  • the data packet to be sent of the first terminal device will have corresponding PPPP and / or PPPR. If the PPPP of the data packet to be sent is less than or equal to the first threshold value of PPPP, it is determined that the V2X edge connection resource is The V2X edge connection resource of the first system, or the PPPR of the data packet to be sent is greater than or equal to the first threshold of the PPPR, it is determined that the V2X edge connection resource is the V2X edge connection resource of the first system, or the to-be-sent If the PPPP of the data packet is less than or equal to the first threshold of PPPP, and the PPPR of the data packet to be sent is greater than or equal to the first threshold of PPPR, it is determined that the V2X edge connection resource is the first system V2X edge connection resource.
  • the PPPP of the data packet to be sent is less than or equal to the first threshold of PPPP, and / or, the PPPR of the data packet to be sent is greater than or equal to the first threshold of PPPR, determine that the V2X edge connection resource is the first mode V2X edge connection resources. In this way, terminal devices can select the appropriate V2X resources to meet the QoS requirements of data packets.
  • the PPPP of the data packet to be sent by the first terminal device is less than or equal to the first PPPP threshold value, and / or, the PPPR of the data packet to be sent is greater than or equal to the first PPPR threshold value, it is determined that the V2X edge connection resource is V2X edge connection resources in the second system.
  • the data packet to be sent of the first terminal device will have corresponding PPPP and / or PPPR. If the PPPP of the data packet to be sent is less than or equal to the first threshold value of PPPP, it is determined that the V2X edge connection resource is The V2X edge connection resource of the second system, or the PPPR of the data packet to be sent is greater than or equal to the first threshold of the PPPR, it is determined that the V2X edge connection resource is the V2X edge connection resource of the second system, or the to-be-sent If the PPPP of the data packet is less than or equal to the first threshold value of PPPP, and the PPPR of the data packet to be sent is greater than or equal to the first threshold value of PPPR, it is determined that the V2X edge connection resource is the second-standard V2X edge connection resource.
  • the PPPP of the data packet to be sent is less than or equal to the first threshold of PPPP, and / or, the PPPR of the data packet to be sent is greater than or equal to the first threshold of PPPR, determine that the V2X edge connection resource is the second system. V2X edge connection resources. In this way, terminal devices can select the appropriate V2X resources to meet the QoS requirements of data packets.
  • the first terminal device determines the manner of the V2X edge connection resource according to the configuration rule, which meets the following requirements: Either:
  • the PPPP of the data packet to be sent by the first terminal device is less than or equal to the second threshold of PPPP, and / or, the PPPR of the data packet to be sent is greater than or equal to the first PPPR threshold, then it is determined that the V2X edge connection resource is The V2X edge connection resources of the first system and the V2X edge connection resources of the second system.
  • the data packet to be sent of the first terminal device will have corresponding PPPP and / or PPPR. If the PPPP of the data packet to be sent is less than or equal to the second threshold value of PPPP, it is determined that the V2X edge connection resource is The V2X edge connection resource of the first system and the V2X edge connection resource of the second system, or the PPPR of the data packet to be sent is greater than or equal to the first threshold of the PPPR, then it is determined that the V2X edge connection resource is the first system V2X The edge connection resource and the second-standard V2X edge connection resource, or the PPPP of the data packet to be sent is less than or equal to the second threshold of PPPP, and the PPPR of the data packet to be sent is greater than or equal to the first threshold of PPPR , It is determined that the V2X edge connection resource is a V2X edge connection resource of the first system and a V2X edge connection resource of the second system.
  • the V2X edge connection resources are the V2X edge connection resources of the first system and the V2X edge connection resources of the second system. In this way, when the terminal device has high priority and / or high reliability requirements for data to be transmitted, the terminal device can obtain Corresponding V2X edge connection resources are used to meet the QoS requirements of data packets.
  • the PPPP of the data packet to be sent by the first terminal device is less than or equal to the second PPPP threshold value, and / or, the PPPR of the data packet to be sent is less than or equal to the first PPPR threshold value , It is determined that the V2X edge connection resource is a V2X edge connection resource of the first system and a V2X edge connection resource of the second system.
  • the data packet to be sent of the first terminal device will have corresponding PPPP and / or PPPR. If the PPPP of the data packet to be sent is less than or equal to the second threshold value of PPPP, it is determined that the V2X edge connection resource is The V2X edge connection resource of the first system and the V2X edge connection resource of the second system, or the PPPR of the data packet to be sent is less than or equal to the first threshold of the PPPR, it is determined that the V2X edge connection resource is the first system V2X The edge connection resource and the V2X edge connection resource of the second standard, or the PPPP of the data packet to be sent is less than or equal to the second threshold of PPPP, and the PPPR of the data packet to be sent is less than or equal to the first threshold of PPPR , It is determined that the V2X edge connection resource is a V2X edge connection resource of the first system and a V2X edge connection resource of the second system.
  • the smaller the value of PPPP the higher the priority of the data packet to be sent.
  • the smaller the value of PPPR the higher the reliability requirements of the data to be sent, and that the simultaneous use of the V2X edge connection resources of the first system and the V2X edge connection resources of the second system for transmission can meet the high priority of data.
  • / or high reliability requirements it is determined when the PPPP of the data packet to be sent is less than or equal to the second PPPP threshold, and / or, the PPPR of the data packet to be sent is less than or equal to the first PPPR threshold.
  • the V2X edge connection resources are the V2X edge connection resources of the first system and the V2X edge connection resources of the second system. In this way, when the terminal device has high priority and / or high reliability requirements for data to be transmitted, the terminal device can obtain Corresponding V2X edge connection resources are used to meet the QoS requirements of data packets.
  • the first terminal device when the configuration rule includes a quality of service Qos parameter threshold and the quality of service Qos parameter threshold includes a quality of service flow indicator (QFI) first threshold, the first terminal device according to the configuration rule To determine the method of V2X edge connection resources, satisfying any of the following:
  • the V2X edge connection resource is a first-mode V2X edge connection resource.
  • the data packet to be sent of the first terminal device will have a corresponding QFI. If the QFI of the data packet to be sent is greater than or equal to the first threshold of QFI, it is determined that the V2X edge connection resource is of the first standard. V2X edge connection resources. In this way, if the QFI value is smaller, it indicates that the QoS requirements are higher, and the V2X edge connection resources of the first system are considered to be used for data transmission with lower QoS requirements. Through the above rules, the terminal device can be used for data with different QoS requirements. Select appropriate V2X edge connection resources for transmission.
  • the V2X edge connection resource is the second standard V2X edge connection resource.
  • the data packet to be sent of the first terminal device will have a corresponding QFI. If the QFI of the data packet to be sent is greater than or equal to the first threshold of QFI, it is determined that the V2X edge connection resource is of the second standard. V2X edge connection resources. In this way, if the QFI value is smaller, it indicates that the QoS requirement is higher, and the V2X edge connection resource of the second system is considered to be used for data transmission with lower QoS requirements.
  • the terminal device can be used for data with different QoS requirements. Select appropriate V2X edge connection resources for transmission.
  • the V2X edge connection resource is a first-mode V2X edge connection resource.
  • the data packet to be sent of the first terminal device will have a corresponding QFI. If the QFI of the data packet to be sent is less than or equal to the first threshold value of QFI, it is determined that the V2X edge connection resource is of the first standard. V2X edge connection resources. In this way, if the QFI value is smaller, it indicates that the QoS requirements are higher, and the V2X edge connection resources of the first system are considered to be used for data transmission with higher QoS requirements.
  • the terminal device can be used for data with different QoS requirements. Select appropriate V2X edge connection resources for transmission.
  • the V2X edge connection resource is a second-standard V2X edge connection resource.
  • the data packet to be sent of the first terminal device will have a corresponding QFI. If the QFI of the data packet to be sent is less than or equal to the first threshold value of QFI, it is determined that the V2X edge connection resource is of the second standard. V2X edge connection resources. In this way, if the QFI value is smaller, it indicates that the QoS requirement is higher, and the V2X edge connection resource of the second system is considered to be used for data transmission with higher QoS requirements.
  • the terminal device can be used for data with different QoS requirements. Select appropriate V2X edge connection resources for transmission.
  • the V2X edge connection resource is a first-mode V2X edge connection resource.
  • the data packet to be sent of the first terminal device will have a corresponding QFI. If the QFI of the data packet to be sent is greater than or equal to the first threshold of QFI, it is determined that the V2X edge connection resource is of the first standard. V2X edge connection resources. In this way, if the QFI value is greater, it indicates that the QoS requirements are higher, and the V2X edge connection resources of the first system are considered to be used for data transmission with higher QoS requirements. Through the above rules, the terminal device can be used for data with different QoS requirements. Select appropriate V2X edge connection resources for transmission.
  • the V2X edge connection resource is the second standard V2X edge connection resource.
  • the data packet to be sent of the first terminal device will have a corresponding QFI. If the QFI of the data packet to be sent is greater than or equal to the first threshold of QFI, it is determined that the V2X edge connection resource is of the second standard. V2X edge connection resources. In this way, if a larger QFI value indicates higher QoS requirements, and it is considered that the V2X edge connection resources of the second system can be used for data transmission with higher QoS requirements, then the above rules can be used to allow terminal devices for data with different QoS requirements Select appropriate V2X edge connection resources for transmission.
  • the V2X edge connection resource is a first-standard V2X edge connection resource.
  • the data packet to be sent of the first terminal device will have a corresponding QFI. If the QFI of the data packet to be sent is less than or equal to the first threshold value of QFI, it is determined that the V2X edge connection resource is of the first standard. V2X edge connection resources. In this way, if a larger QFI value indicates a higher QoS requirement, and it is considered that the V2X edge connection resources of the first system can be used for data transmission with lower QoS requirements, then the above rules can be used to allow terminal devices to transmit data with different QoS requirements. Select appropriate V2X edge connection resources for transmission.
  • the V2X edge connection resource is a second-standard V2X edge connection resource.
  • the data packet to be sent of the first terminal device will have a corresponding QFI. If the QFI of the data packet to be sent is less than or equal to the first threshold value of QFI, it is determined that the V2X edge connection resource is of the second standard. V2X edge connection resources. In this way, if a larger QFI value indicates a higher QoS requirement, and it is considered that the V2X edge connection resources of the second system can be used for data transmission with lower QoS requirements, then the above rules can be used to allow terminal devices for data with different QoS requirements Select appropriate V2X edge connection resources for transmission.
  • the first terminal device determines a manner of V2X edge connection resources according to the configuration rule, and meets Any of the following:
  • the V2X edge connection resource is the first system V2X edge connection resource and the second system V2X edge connection resource.
  • the data packet to be sent of the first terminal device will have a corresponding QFI. If the QFI of the data packet to be sent is greater than or equal to a second threshold value of QFI, it is determined that the V2X edge connection resource is of the first standard. V2X edge connection resources and V2X edge connection resources of the second standard. In this way, if the QFI value is larger, it indicates that the QoS requirement is higher, and it is considered that using the V2X edge connection resource of the second system and the V2X edge connection resource of the second system at the same time can meet the high QoS requirements of the data. For the data required by QoS, appropriate V2X edge connection resources are selected for transmission.
  • the V2X edge connection resource is the first system V2X edge connection resource and the second system V2X edge connection resource.
  • the data packet to be sent of the first terminal device will have a corresponding QFI. If the QFI of the data packet to be sent is less than or equal to the second threshold value of QFI, it is determined that the V2X edge connection resource is of the first standard. V2X edge connection resources and V2X edge connection resources of the second standard. In this way, if the QFI value is smaller, it indicates that the QoS requirement is higher, and the V2X edge connection resource of the second system and the V2X edge connection resource of the second system are both used to meet the high QoS requirements of the data. For the data required by QoS, appropriate V2X edge connection resources are selected for transmission.
  • the quality threshold value of the edge connection may include a Channel Busy Ratio (CBR) first threshold value and / or a CBR second threshold value Value
  • the first terminal device determines the manner in which the V2X edge connects to the resource according to the configuration rule, and satisfies any of the following:
  • the V2X edge connection CBR measured by the first terminal device of the first standard is greater than or equal to the first threshold of the CRB, and the V2X edge connection resource is determined to be the V2X edge connection resource of the second standard.
  • the first CRB threshold value is the CRB threshold value of the V2X edge connection of the first system.
  • the first terminal device measures the CBR of the V2X edge connection of the first system. If the measured V2X of the first system is determined, If the edge connection CBR is greater than or equal to the first threshold of CRB of the V2X edge connection of the first system, it is determined that the V2X edge connection resource is the V2X edge connection resource of the second system.
  • the terminal device can select more idle V2X edge connection resources to transmit data in real time.
  • the V2X edge connection CBR of the second standard measured by the first terminal device is less than or equal to the second threshold of the CRB, and the V2X edge connection resource is determined to be the V2X edge connection resource of the second standard.
  • the second CRB threshold is the CRB threshold of the V2X edge connection of the second system.
  • the first terminal device measures the CBR of the V2X edge connection of the second system. If the measured V2X of the second system is determined, If the edge connection CBR is less than or equal to the second threshold of the CRB of the V2X edge connection of the second system, the V2X edge connection resource is determined to be the V2X edge connection resource of the second system.
  • the terminal device can select more idle V2X edge connection resources to transmit data in real time.
  • the V2X edge connection CBR of the first system measured by the first terminal device is greater than or equal to the CRB first threshold, and the V2X edge connection CBR of the second system measured by the first terminal device is less than or equal to the CRB second door If the value is limited, the V2X edge connection resource is determined to be the V2X edge connection resource of the second standard.
  • the first terminal device measures the V2X edge connection CBR of the first system and the V2X edge connection CBR of the second system. If it is determined that the measured V2X edge connection CBR of the first system is greater than or equal to the CRB first gate Limit, and the V2X edge connection CBR of the second system is less than or equal to the second threshold of the CRB, it is determined that the V2X edge connection resource is the V2X edge connection resource of the second system.
  • the CBR measured at the V2X edge connection of the first system is greater than or equal to the first CRB threshold
  • the CBR of the V2X edge connection of the second system measured by the first terminal device is less than or equal to the second CRB threshold
  • the terminal device can be selected in real time to select more idle V2X edge connection resources to transmit data.
  • the V2X edge connection CBR of the first standard measured by the first terminal device is less than or equal to the first threshold of the CRB, and the V2X edge connection resource is determined to be the V2X edge connection resource of the first standard.
  • the first CRB threshold value is the CRB threshold value of the V2X edge connection of the first system.
  • the first terminal device measures the CBR of the V2X edge connection of the first system. If the measured V2X of the first system is determined, If the edge connection CBR is less than or equal to the first threshold of the CRB of the V2X edge connection of the first system, it is determined that the V2X edge connection resource is the V2X edge connection resource of the first system.
  • the terminal device can select more idle V2X edge connection resources to transmit data in real time.
  • the V2X edge connection CBR measured by the first terminal device of the second standard is greater than or equal to the second threshold of the CRB, and the V2X edge connection resource is determined to be the V2X edge connection resource of the first standard.
  • the second CRB threshold is the CRB threshold of the V2X edge connection of the second system.
  • the first terminal device measures the CBR of the V2X edge connection of the second system. If the measured V2X of the second system is determined, If the edge connection CBR is greater than or equal to the second threshold of CRB of the V2X edge connection of the second system, the V2X edge connection resource is determined to be the V2X edge connection resource of the second system.
  • the terminal device can select more idle V2X edge connection resources to transmit data in real time.
  • the V2X edge connection CBR of the first system measured by the first terminal device is less than or equal to the CRB first threshold, and the V2X edge connection CBR of the second system measured by the first terminal device is greater than or equal to the CRB second door If the value is limited, the V2X edge connection resource is determined to be the V2X edge connection resource of the first standard.
  • the first terminal device measures the V2X edge connection CBR of the first system and the V2X edge connection CBR of the second system. If it is determined that the measured V2X edge connection CBR of the first system is less than or equal to the CRB first gate Limit, and the V2X edge connection CBR of the second system is greater than or equal to the second threshold of the CRB, it is determined that the V2X edge connection resource is the V2X edge connection resource of the first system.
  • the CBR measured at the V2X edge connection of the first system is less than or equal to the first CRB threshold
  • the CBR of the V2X edge connection of the second system measured by the first terminal device is greater than or equal to the second CRB threshold.
  • the quality of service Qos parameter may also be other parameters, such as delay or rate.
  • the first terminal device may also determine the V2X edge connection resource according to these parameters.
  • the quality threshold of the edge connection may also be the threshold of other quality parameters of the V2X edge connection, and is not limited to the CBR of the V2X edge connection.
  • Each of the above methods for obtaining V2X edge connection resources can enable network devices to implement more flexible control based on information such as air interfaces or loads.
  • the first terminal device reports the SR or BRS, it carries the corresponding PPPP / PPPR / service type. Or similar QoS parameters, the network device indicates in the scheduling information whether the allocated resource is a V2X sidelink resource of the first system or a V2X sidelink resource of the second system.
  • the configuration for SPS is similar.
  • the first terminal device reports the UE Assistant Information message, it reports the service type or PPPP / PPPR or related service QoS parameters, and the network device decides to allocate the first standard V2X sidelink.
  • the SPS resource is also the SPS resource of the V2X sidelink of the second standard, and is indicated to the first terminal device in a radio resource control (RRC) configuration.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • the foregoing configuration rule may also be sent by the core network device to the first terminal device, or may be generated by an application layer inside the first terminal device and sent by the application layer to the access layer of the first terminal device ( access stratum; AS).
  • the V2X control function entity on the core network side can make configuration rules, and then use a non-access stratum (NAS) message, or an RRC message, or notify the first A terminal device.
  • NAS non-access stratum
  • the first terminal device When the first terminal device obtains the V2X edge connection resource according to the configuration rule sent by the network device, it may also first obtain information that the second terminal device supports the V2X service of the first system and the V2X service of the second system, and then according to the second terminal device, For information about V2X services in the first system and V2X services in the second system, select V2X edge connection resources.
  • the first terminal device first learns whether the second terminal device can support the V2X service of the first system, whether it can support the V2X service of the second system, or whether it can simultaneously support the first system.
  • V2X services and second-standard V2X services may be obtained through a V2X control function (control function), or may be obtained from a network device, or may be obtained through an application (APP) installed in the first terminal device.
  • control function control function
  • APP application
  • the first terminal device learns that the second terminal device can simultaneously support the V2X service of the first system and the V2X service of the second system, it selects the V2X edge connection resource according to the foregoing manner.
  • the first terminal device may select the V2X edge connection resource of the first system accordingly, or if the first terminal device It is learned that the second terminal device can only support the V2X service of the second system, and accordingly, the first terminal device can select the V2X edge connection resource of the second system.
  • the network device in order to make the V2X edge connection resources determined by the network device more reasonable, the network device is usually made aware of the V2X edge connection resources of the first standard and the second standard The situation of V2X edge connection resources even involves the selection of a Uu port.
  • the network device sends a measurement configuration to the first terminal device. After receiving the measurement configuration sent by the network device, the first terminal device performs the measurement of the V2X edge connection.
  • the measurement configuration may include a measurement event.
  • the first terminal device may report to the event.
  • the network device sends a measurement report, where the measurement report includes a measurement result of the V2X edge connection of the first standard and / or a measurement result of the V2X edge connection of the second standard.
  • the measurement report may include a measurement result of the V2X edge connection of the first system and / or a measurement result of the V2X edge connection of the second system that meets the measurement event.
  • the network device allocates V2X edge connection resources to the first terminal device according to the measurement report sent by the first terminal device.
  • the measurement event received by the first terminal device from the network device includes any of the following: the V2X edge connection channel busy rate SL of the first system is greater than or equal to the second threshold, and the second system of V2X SL CBR is less than or equal to the third threshold, the V2X edge connection channel busy rate of the first system SL CBR is greater than or equal to the second threshold, and V2X SL of the second system is less than or equal to the third threshold , V2X SL of the first system is less than or equal to the fourth threshold, V2X SL of the second system is greater than or equal to the fifth threshold, and V2X of the first system is less than or equal to the fourth threshold Value and V2X of the second system CBR is greater than or equal to the fifth threshold, V2X of the first system CBR is greater than or equal to the sixth threshold and the reference signal received power (reference signal receiving power; RSRP) is greater than or Greater than or equal to the seventh threshold, V2X SL of the second standard is greater than or equal to the
  • the network device sends a measurement event to the first terminal device.
  • the first terminal device determines that the measurement result meets the measurement event, it sends a measurement report to the network device. For example: if the measurement event is that the V2X edge connection SL CBR of the first system is greater than or equal to the second threshold and the V2X SL CBR of the second system is less than or equal to the third threshold, when the first system measures the first system
  • the result of the V2X SL CBR is greater than or equal to the second threshold value, and the result of the V2X SL CBR of the second standard measured by the first terminal device is less than or equal to the third threshold value
  • a measurement report will be sent to the network device.
  • the measurement report includes the results of the first system V2X SL CBR and / or the results of the second system V2X SL CBR.
  • the first standard V2X SL CBR result and / or the second standard V2X SL CBR result at least include a first standard V2X SL CBR result and / or a second standard V2X SL CBR result that meets the measurement event.
  • the way in which the first terminal device reports the measurement report to the network device and the V2X edge connection SL with the measurement event in the first mode is greater than or equal to the second threshold and the V2X SL in the second system is less than or equal to
  • the third threshold value is used, the method for reporting the measurement report to the network device is similar, and will not be repeated here.
  • the network device After receiving the measurement report sent by the first terminal device, the network device will determine the V2X edge connection resource according to the measurement report.
  • the V2X edge connection resource is determined to be of the second standard V2X edge connection resources.
  • V2X SL CBR of the first system is less than or equal to the fourth threshold, or V2X SL CBR of the second system is greater than or equal to the fifth threshold, or V2X SL CBR of the first system is less than or equal to
  • the fourth threshold value and the V2X SL CBR of the second standard are greater than or equal to the fifth threshold value, it is determined that the V2X edge connection resource is a V2X edge connection resource of the first standard.
  • V2X SL of the first system is greater than or equal to the sixth threshold and the RSRP is greater than or equal to the seventh threshold
  • V2X SL of the second system is greater than or equal to the sixth threshold and the RSRP is greater than Or greater than or equal to the seventh threshold
  • V2X SLCBR of the first scheme is greater than or equal to the sixth threshold and RSRQ is greater than or equal to the seventh threshold
  • V2X SL of the second scheme is greater than or If it is greater than or equal to the sixth threshold value and RSRQ is greater than or equal to the seventh threshold value, it is determined that the V2X edge connection resource is a Uu port resource.
  • V2X SL CBR of the first system is less than or equal to the eighth threshold and RSRP is less than or equal to the ninth threshold, or V2X SL of the first system is less than or equal to the eighth threshold and RSRQ is less Or less than or equal to the ninth threshold, it is determined that the V2X edge connection resource is a V2X edge connection resource of the first standard.
  • V2X edge connection resource is a V2X edge connection resource of the second standard.
  • V2X edge connection resource is the V2X of the first system Edge connection resources and V2X edge connection resources of the second standard.
  • the network device After the network device determines the V2X edge connection resource, it sends the determined V2X edge connection resource to the first terminal device.
  • the first terminal device currently accesses only one network device.
  • the first terminal device is connected to the network device of the first standard.
  • a network device of one system reports the second message, it may request the V2X edge connection resource of the first system, or it may request the V2X edge connection resource of the second system.
  • the V2X edge of the first system can all be used.
  • the second message corresponding to the connection resource, that is, regardless of which format of the V2X edge connection resource is requested, is requested with a unified second message.
  • the first terminal device requests the V2X edge connection resource of the first system or the V2X edge connection resource of the second system may use the BSR of the first system.
  • the BSR of the first system may also include the BSR of the second system, where the BSR of the first system is used to request the V2X edge connection resource of the first system, and the BSR of the second system is used to request V2X edge connection resources in the second system.
  • the first terminal device requests the V2X edge connection resource of the first system or the V2X edge connection resource of the second system may use the terminal device auxiliary information message of the first system;
  • the terminal device auxiliary information message of the first system may include the terminal device auxiliary information message of the second system, and the terminal device auxiliary information message of the first system is used to report a V2X edge connection that requires the first system.
  • the V2X business model of the resource, and the terminal equipment auxiliary information message of the second standard is used to report a V2X business model that requires the V2X edge connection resource of the second standard.
  • the network device allocates V2X resources for the first terminal device according to a request of the first terminal device or based on its own decision, and indicates the allocated V2X resources to the first terminal device through downlink control information (DCI), the V2X
  • the resource may be a V2X edge connection resource of the first system, or a V2X edge connection resource of the second system, or a V2X edge connection resource of the first system and a V2X edge connection resource of the second system.
  • the DCI scheduling V2X edge connection resources of the first system and the V2X edge connection resources of the second system may be in different formats.
  • DCI-1 is used to schedule the V2X edge connection resources of the first system
  • DCI -2 is used to schedule the V2X edge connection resources of the second standard.
  • the DCI scheduling the V2X edge connection resources of the first system and the V2X edge connection resources of the second system may also be in the same format.
  • the DCI further indicates the V2X edge connection resources of the first system and the second system. V2X edge connection resources.
  • Step 303 The first terminal device communicates with the second terminal device on the V2X edge connection resource.
  • the first terminal device After the first terminal device acquires the V2X edge connection resource used for data transmission, it will use the acquired V2X edge connection resource to communicate with the second terminal device. Due to the resource acquired by the first terminal device Including the V2X edge connection resource of the first system and / or the V2X edge connection resource of the second system. In this way, the first terminal device can complete the V2X service of the first system and / or the V2X service of the second system.
  • the second terminal device can simultaneously support the V2X service of the first system and the V2X service of the second system, the second terminal device simultaneously monitors the scheduling information on the V2X sidelink of the first system and the V2X sidelink of the second system Scheduling information.
  • one possible implementation is to preset multiple sets of configurations. One set is selected from the set configuration for transmission, and is instructed to the second terminal device in a scheduling assignment.
  • the second terminal device learns that the data is transmitted in a dual-link manner during the SA decompression process, it can establish a corresponding L2 entity to receive it.
  • a first terminal device receives a V2X edge connection configuration of a first standard and a V2X edge connection configuration of a second standard from a network device, and according to the V2X edge connection configuration and The V2X edge connection configuration of the second system obtains a V2X edge connection resource used for data transmission, and then communicates with the second terminal device on the V2X edge connection resource. Since the first terminal device can obtain the V2X edge connection configuration of the first system and the V2X edge connection configuration of the second system from the network device, the resource and / or the second connection can be connected from the V2X edge of the first system according to the above two configurations.
  • the V2X edge connection resources used to transmit data are determined, so that the V2X service communication of the first system and / or the V2X service communication of the second system are performed with the second terminal device according to the determined V2X edge connection resources. In this way, it can be ensured that the same terminal device can obtain the V2X service of the first system and the V2X service of the second system.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the device includes: a receiving unit 11, an obtaining unit 12, and a communication unit 13.
  • the receiving unit 11 is configured to receive a first-standard vehicle-all V2X edge connection configuration and a second-standard V2X edge connection configuration from a network device;
  • the obtaining unit 12 is configured to obtain a V2X edge connection resource used for data transmission according to the V2X edge connection configuration of the first system and the V2X edge connection configuration of the second system;
  • the communication unit 13 is configured to communicate with the second terminal device on the V2X edge connection resource.
  • the communication device provided in the embodiment of the present application can execute the corresponding method embodiments described above, and its implementation principles and technical effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.
  • the device further includes:
  • the sending unit 14 is configured to send to the network device information that the first terminal device supports the V2X service of the first system and the V2X service of the second system.
  • the obtaining unit 12 is specifically configured to:
  • the V2X edge connection configuration of the first system includes the available resources of the V2X edge connection of the first system
  • the V2X edge connection configuration of the second system includes the available V2X edge connections of the second system Resources
  • the first terminal device selects at least one of the available resources of the V2X edge connection of the first system and / or at least one of the available resources of the V2X edge connection of the second system.
  • the obtaining unit 12 is specifically configured to:
  • the obtaining unit 12 is specifically configured to:
  • the configuration rule including any one of the following information: a mapping relationship between V2X service types and resources, a mapping relationship between quality of service Qos parameters and resources, and quality of service QoS A parameter threshold value, and a quality threshold value of the edge connection;
  • the quality threshold value of the edge connection includes the quality threshold value of the V2X edge connection of the first system and / or the second system V2X edge connection quality threshold;
  • the configuration rule includes the quality of service Qos parameter threshold, and the quality of service Qos parameter threshold includes a single packet priority PPPP first threshold and / or a single packet reliability PPPR first threshold Limit value
  • the obtaining unit 12 is specifically configured to:
  • the PPPP of the data packet to be sent by the first terminal device is greater than or equal to the first PPPP threshold value, and / or, the PPPR of the data packet to be sent is greater than or equal to the first PPPR threshold value , Determine that the V2X edge connection resource is a first-standard V2X edge connection resource; or
  • the PPPP of the data packet to be sent by the first terminal device is greater than or equal to the first PPPP threshold value, and / or, the PPPR of the data packet to be sent is greater than or equal to the first PPPR threshold value , Determining that the V2X edge connection resource is a V2X edge connection resource of the second standard; or,
  • the PPPP of the data packet to be sent by the first terminal device is greater than or equal to the first PPPP threshold value, and / or, the PPPR of the data packet to be sent is less than or equal to the first PPPR threshold value , Determine that the V2X edge connection resource is a first-standard V2X edge connection resource; or
  • the PPPP of the data packet to be sent by the first terminal device is greater than or equal to the first PPPP threshold value, and / or, the PPPR of the data packet to be sent is less than or equal to the first PPPR threshold value , Determining that the V2X edge connection resource is a V2X edge connection resource of the second standard; or,
  • the PPPP of the data packet to be sent by the first terminal device is less than or equal to the first PPPP threshold value, and / or, the PPPR of the data packet to be sent is less than or equal to the first PPPR threshold value , Determine that the V2X edge connection resource is a first-standard V2X edge connection resource; or
  • the PPPP of the data packet to be sent by the first terminal device is less than or equal to the first PPPP threshold value, and / or, the PPPR of the data packet to be sent is less than or equal to the first PPPR threshold value , Determining that the V2X edge connection resource is a V2X edge connection resource of the second standard; or,
  • the PPPP of the data packet to be sent by the first terminal device is less than or equal to the first PPPP threshold value, and / or, the PPPR of the data packet to be sent is greater than or equal to the first PPPR threshold value , Determine that the V2X edge connection resource is a first-standard V2X edge connection resource; or
  • the PPPP of the data packet to be sent by the first terminal device is less than or equal to the first PPPP threshold value, and / or, the PPPR of the data packet to be sent is greater than or equal to the first PPPR threshold value , It is determined that the V2X edge connection resource is a V2X edge connection resource of the second standard.
  • the quality of service QoS parameter threshold further includes a second PPPP threshold and / or a second PPPR threshold;
  • the obtaining unit 12 is specifically configured to:
  • the PPPP of the data packet to be sent by the first terminal device is less than or equal to the second PPPP threshold value, and / or, the PPPR of the data packet to be sent is greater than or equal to the first PPPR threshold value , It is determined that the V2X edge connection resource is a V2X edge connection resource of the first system and a V2X edge connection resource of the second system; or,
  • the PPPP of the data packet to be sent by the first terminal device is less than or equal to the second PPPP threshold value, and / or, the PPPR of the data packet to be sent is less than or equal to the first PPPR threshold value , It is determined that the V2X edge connection resource is a V2X edge connection resource of the first system and a V2X edge connection resource of the second system.
  • the configuration rule includes the quality of service Qos parameter threshold, and the quality of service Qos parameter threshold includes a quality of service flow indication QFI first threshold;
  • the obtaining unit 12 is specifically configured to:
  • the V2X edge connection resource is a V2X edge connection resource of a second standard.
  • the quality of service Qos parameter threshold includes a quality of service flow indication QFI second threshold
  • the obtaining unit 12 is specifically configured to:
  • the V2X edge connection resource is a V2X edge connection resource of the first system and a V2X edge of the second system Connect resources; or,
  • the QFI of the data packet to be sent of the first terminal device is less than or equal to the second threshold value of the QFI, and it is determined that the V2X edge connection resource is the first standard V2X edge connection resource and the second Standard V2X edge connection resources.
  • the configuration rule includes a quality threshold value of the edge connection, and the quality threshold value of the edge connection includes a channel busy rate CBR first threshold value and / or a CBR second threshold value;
  • the obtaining unit 12 is specifically configured to:
  • the V2X edge connection CBR of the first standard measured by the first terminal device is greater than or equal to the first threshold of the CRB, and / or, the V2X edge connection of the second standard measured by the first terminal device If the CBR is less than or equal to the second threshold of the CRB, it is determined that the V2X edge connection resource is a V2X edge connection resource of the second standard; or,
  • the V2X edge connection CBR of the first standard measured by the first terminal device is less than or equal to the first threshold of the CRB, and / or, the V2X edge connection of the second standard measured by the first terminal device If the CBR is greater than or equal to the second threshold of the CRB, it is determined that the V2X edge connection resource is the V2X edge connection resource of the first standard.
  • the receiving unit 11 may be further configured to receive a measurement event sent by the network device;
  • the measurement event includes any one of the following:
  • the V2X edge connection channel busy rate SL CBR of the first system is greater than or equal to a second threshold, and / or, the V2X SL CBR of the second system is less than or equal to a third threshold; or,
  • the V2X SL CBR of the first system is less than or equal to a fourth threshold, and / or, the V2X SL CBR of the second system is greater than or equal to a fifth threshold; or,
  • V2X SLCBR of the first system or the CBR V2XSL of the second system is greater than or equal to a sixth threshold, and the reference signal received power RSRP or reference signal received quality RSRQ is greater than or equal to a seventh threshold; or ,
  • the V2X SLCBR of the first system or the V2X SLCBR of the second system is less than or equal to an eighth threshold, and the RSRP or the RSRQ is less than or equal to a ninth threshold.
  • the obtaining unit 12 is further configured to:
  • the sending unit 14 is further configured to:
  • the device identification is used to instruct the network device to allocate the V2X edge connection resource to the first terminal device, or to use for the first terminal
  • the device acquires, from the network device, information that the second terminal device supports the V2X service of the first system and the V2X service of the second system.
  • the first V2X edge connection and the second V2X edge connection use the same V2X synchronization type and SL-V-RNTI.
  • the communication device provided in the embodiment of the present application can execute the corresponding method embodiments described above, and its implementation principles and technical effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.
  • each unit of the above device is only a division of logical functions. In actual implementation, it may be fully or partially integrated into a physical entity, or it may be physically separated. And these units can all be implemented in the form of software through processing element calls; they can also be implemented in hardware; some units can be implemented in software through software processing element calls, and some units can be implemented in hardware.
  • the sending unit may be a separately established processing element, or it may be integrated and implemented in a certain chip of the device. In addition, it may also be stored in the memory of the device in the form of a program, which is called by a certain processing element of the device and Perform the function of the sending unit. The implementation of other units is similar.
  • each step of the above method or each unit above may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in a processor element or an instruction in the form of software.
  • the above sending unit is a sending control unit, and information can be sent through a sending device of the device, such as an antenna and a radio frequency device.
  • the above units may be one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the above method, for example: one or more application specific integrated circuits (ASICs), or one or more microprocessors (digital integrated processors) , DSP), or one or more field programmable gate array (FPGA).
  • ASICs application specific integrated circuits
  • DSP digital integrated processors
  • FPGA field programmable gate array
  • the processing element may be a general-purpose processor, such as a central processing unit (CPU) or another processor that can call a program.
  • CPU central processing unit
  • SOC system-on-a-chip
  • FIG. 5 is another schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the device includes: a sending unit 21, an obtaining unit 22, and a receiving unit 23.
  • a sending unit 21 for example:
  • the sending unit 21 is configured to send, to the first terminal device, a vehicle of the first standard-all V2X edge connection configurations and / or a V2X edge connection configuration of the second standard, the V2X edge connection configuration of the first standard and / Or, the V2X edge connection of the second system is configured to obtain the V2X edge connection resource used by the first terminal device to transmit data, and communicate with the second terminal device on the V2X edge connection resource.
  • the obtaining unit 22 is configured to obtain any one or more of the following information: the first terminal device supports information of the first standard V2X service and the second standard V2X service, The authorization information and edge connection aggregation maximum bit rate AMBR of the first terminal device are described.
  • the edge connection AMBR includes the first edge connection AMBR in the first standard V2X and the second standard V2X. The second edge is connected to AMBR;
  • the sending unit 21 is specifically configured to:
  • the network device according to any one or any of the information that the first terminal device supports the V2X service of the first system and the V2X service of the second system, the authorization information, and the edge connection AMBR Sending the V2X edge connection configuration of the first standard and / or the V2X edge connection configuration of the second standard to the first terminal device.
  • the sending unit 21 may be further configured to:
  • the first message includes an identifier of an area, a V2X edge connection configuration of the first system and an edge of the V2X system of the second system corresponding to the area Connection configuration
  • the V2X edge connection configuration of the first system includes available resources of the V2X edge connection of the first system
  • the V2X edge connection configuration of the second system includes the V2X edge connection of the second system Available resources
  • the identifier of the area is used to instruct the first terminal device to select at least one of the available resources of the V2X edge connection of the first system and / or the second system when it is currently in the area At least one of the available resources for V2X edge connection.
  • the device further includes:
  • the receiving unit 23 is configured to receive a second message sent by the first terminal device, where the second message carries at least one type of information used to indicate a network standard;
  • the obtaining unit 22 is further configured to determine the V2X edge connection resource according to the network standard
  • the sending unit 21 is further configured to send the V2X edge connection resource to the first terminal device.
  • the sending unit 21 is further configured to:
  • the configuration rule includes any one of the following information: a mapping relationship between a V2X service type and a resource, a mapping relationship between a quality of service Qos parameter and a resource, and a quality of service A QoS parameter threshold value, and a quality threshold value of an edge connection; for example, the quality threshold value of the edge connection includes the quality threshold value of the V2X edge connection of the first standard and / or the second The quality threshold of the standard V2X edge connection, and the configuration rule is used by the first terminal device to determine the V2X edge connection resource.
  • the sending unit 21 is further configured to send a measurement event to the first terminal device
  • the receiving unit 23 is further configured to receive a measurement report sent by the first terminal device, where the measurement report is sent when the first terminal device determines that the measurement event meets a preset condition;
  • the obtaining unit 22 is further configured to determine the V2X edge connection resource according to the measurement report;
  • the sending unit 21 is further configured to send the V2X edge connection resource to the first terminal device.
  • the measurement event includes any one of the following:
  • the V2X edge connection channel busy rate SL CBR of the first system is greater than or equal to a second threshold, and / or, the V2X SL CBR of the second system is less than or equal to a third threshold; or,
  • the V2X SL CBR of the first system is less than or equal to a fourth threshold, and / or, the V2X SL CBR of the second system is greater than or equal to a fifth threshold; or,
  • V2X SLCBR of the first system or the CBR V2XSL of the second system is greater than or equal to a sixth threshold, and the reference signal received power RSRP or the reference signal received quality RSRQ is greater than or equal to a seventh threshold ;or,
  • the V2X SLCBR of the first system or the V2X SLCBR of the second system is less than or equal to an eighth threshold, and the RSRP or the RSRQ is less than or equal to a ninth threshold.
  • the receiving unit 23 is further configured to receive a device identifier of the second terminal device sent by the first terminal device;
  • the obtaining unit 22 is further configured to obtain information that the second terminal device supports the V2X service of the first system and the V2X service of the second system according to the device identifier;
  • the obtaining unit 22 is further configured to determine the V2X edge connection resource according to information that the second terminal device supports the V2X service of the first system and the V2X service of the second system.
  • the sending unit 21 is further configured to send information that the second terminal device supports the V2X service of the first system and the V2X service of the second system to the first terminal device.
  • the authorization information includes at least one of the following information: whether the first terminal device is authorized as a vehicle terminal device of the first standard, and whether the first terminal device is authorized as a handheld terminal of the first standard Device, whether the first terminal device is authorized as a vehicle terminal device of the second standard, and whether the first terminal device is authorized as a handheld terminal device of the second standard.
  • the first V2X edge connection and the second V2X edge connection use the same V2X synchronization type and SL-V-RNTI.
  • the communication device provided in the embodiment of the present application can execute the corresponding method embodiments described above, and its implementation principles and technical effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.
  • each unit of the above device is only a division of logical functions. In actual implementation, it may be fully or partially integrated into a physical entity, or it may be physically separated. And these units can all be implemented in the form of software calling through processing elements; they can also be all implemented in hardware; some units can also be implemented through software calling through processing elements, and some units can be implemented through hardware.
  • the sending unit may be a separately established processing element, or it may be integrated and implemented in a certain chip of the device. In addition, it may also be stored in the memory of the device in the form of a program, which is called by a certain processing element of the device and Perform the function of the sending unit. The implementation of other units is similar.
  • each step of the above method or each unit above may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in a processor element or an instruction in the form of software.
  • the above sending unit is a sending control unit, and information can be sent through a sending device of the device, such as an antenna and a radio frequency device.
  • the above units may be one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the above method, for example: one or more application specific integrated circuits (ASICs), or one or more microprocessors (digital integrated processors) , DSP), or one or more field programmable gate array (FPGA).
  • ASICs application specific integrated circuits
  • DSP digital integrated processors
  • FPGA field programmable gate array
  • the processing element may be a general-purpose processor, such as a central processing unit (CPU) or another processor that can call a program.
  • CPU central processing unit
  • SOC system-on-a-chip
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal equipment includes a processor 110, a memory 120, and a transceiver 130.
  • the transceiver 130 may be connected to an antenna.
  • the transceiver 130 receives information sent by the base station through an antenna, and sends the information to the processor 110 for processing.
  • the processor 110 processes the data of the terminal device and sends it to the base station through the transceiver 130.
  • the memory 120 is configured to store a program that implements the foregoing method embodiment or the modules of the embodiment shown in FIG. 4, and the processor 110 calls the program to execute the operations of the foregoing method embodiments to implement the modules shown in FIG. 4.
  • part or all of the above modules can also be implemented by embedding on a certain chip of the terminal device in the form of an integrated circuit. And they can be implemented separately or integrated together. That is, the above units can be configured as one or more integrated circuits implementing the above method, for example: one or more specific integrated circuits (ASICs), or one or more microprocessors (digital processors) , DSP), or one or more field programmable gate array (FPGA).
  • ASICs application-programmable gate array
  • DSP digital processors
  • FPGA field programmable gate array
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of a base station according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the base station includes: an antenna 110, a radio frequency device 120, and a baseband device 130.
  • the antenna 110 is connected to the radio frequency device 120.
  • the radio frequency device 120 receives the information sent by the terminal device through the antenna 110, and sends the information sent by the terminal device to the baseband device 130 for processing.
  • the baseband device 130 processes the information of the terminal device and sends it to the radio frequency device 120.
  • the radio frequency device 120 processes the information of the terminal device and sends it to the terminal device via the antenna 110.
  • each of the above modules is implemented in the form of a processing element scheduler.
  • the baseband device 130 includes a processing element 131 and a storage element 132, and the processing element 131 calls the program stored by the storage element 132 to execute the above method embodiment method.
  • the baseband device 130 may further include an interface 133 for exchanging information with the radio frequency device 120, such as a common public radio interface (CPRI).
  • CPRI common public radio interface
  • the above modules may be one or more processing elements configured to implement the above method. These processing elements are disposed on the baseband device 130.
  • the processing elements herein may be integrated circuits, for example: one or more ASICs, or, one or more DSPs, or, one or more FPGAs. These integrated circuits can be integrated together to form a chip.
  • the above modules can be integrated together and implemented in the form of a system-on-a-chip (SOC).
  • the baseband device 130 includes a SOC chip to implement the above method.
  • the chip may integrate a processing element 131 and a storage element 132, and the processing element 131 may call the stored program of the storage element 132 to implement the above method or the functions of the above units; or, at least one integrated circuit may be integrated in the chip.
  • the functions of some units are implemented in the form of a program called by a processing element, and the functions of some units are implemented in the form of an integrated circuit.
  • the above base station may include at least one processing element, and may further include a storage element and / or a communication interface, where at least one processing element is configured to execute the method provided by the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the processing element may perform some or all of the steps in the above method embodiments in a first manner: that is, a program stored in a storage element is executed; or in a second manner: that is, through an integrated logic circuit of hardware in a processor element Some or all of the steps in the above method embodiments are performed in a combined manner; of course, the methods provided in the above method embodiments may also be performed in combination with the first and second modes.
  • the processing elements here are the same as described above, and may be general-purpose processors, such as a central processing unit (CPU), or one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the above methods, such as one or more specific Integrated circuits (application specific integrated circuits, ASICs), or one or more microprocessors (digital processing processors, DSPs), or one or more field programmable gate arrays (FPGAs), etc.
  • CPU central processing unit
  • ASICs application specific integrated circuits
  • DSPs digital processing processors
  • FPGAs field programmable gate arrays
  • a storage element may be a single memory or a collective term for multiple storage elements.
  • the present application further provides a storage medium including a readable storage medium and a computer program, where the computer program is used to implement the communication method provided by any one of the foregoing embodiments.
  • the present application also provides a program product, which includes a computer program (ie, an execution instruction), and the computer program is stored in a readable storage medium.
  • a computer program ie, an execution instruction
  • At least one processor of the terminal device device can read the computer program from a readable storage medium, and the at least one processor executes the computer program to cause the terminal device device to implement the communication methods provided by the foregoing various embodiments.
  • An embodiment of the present application further provides a communication device, which includes at least one storage element and at least one processing element.
  • the at least one storage element is used to store a program.
  • the communication device executes any of the foregoing implementations.
  • the device may be a terminal equipment chip.
  • the present application further provides a storage medium including a readable storage medium and a computer program, where the computer program is used to implement the communication method provided by any one of the foregoing embodiments.
  • the present application also provides a program product, which includes a computer program (ie, an execution instruction), and the computer program is stored in a readable storage medium.
  • a computer program ie, an execution instruction
  • At least one processor of the base station may read the computer program from a readable storage medium, and the at least one processor executes the computer program to cause the base station to implement the communication methods provided by the foregoing various embodiments.
  • An embodiment of the present application further provides a communication device, which includes at least one storage element and at least one processing element.
  • the at least one storage element is used to store a program.
  • the communication device executes any of the foregoing implementations.
  • the device may be a base station chip.
  • All or part of the steps for implementing the foregoing method embodiments may be completed by a program instructing related hardware.
  • the aforementioned program can be stored in a readable memory.
  • the steps including the foregoing method embodiments are executed; and the aforementioned memory (storage medium) includes: read-only memory (English: read-only memory (ROM), RAM, flash memory, hard disk, solid state hard disk) , Magnetic tape, floppy disk, optical disc, and any combination thereof.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Quality & Reliability (AREA)
  • Computer Security & Cryptography (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

本申请实施例提供一种通信方法,该方法包括:终端设备从网络设备接收第一制式的车-所有V2X的边缘连接配置和第二制式的V2X的边缘连接配置;该终端设备根据该第一制式的V2X的边缘连接配置和该第二制式的V2X的边缘连接配置,获取传输数据所用的V2X边缘连接资源;该终端设备在该V2X边缘连接资源上与另一终端设备进行通信。通过该方法,可以保证同一个终端设备能够获得第一制式的V2X服务和第二制式的V2X服务。

Description

通信方法、装置和存储介质
本申请要求于2018年6月27日提交中国国家知识产权局、申请号为201810680516.3、发明名称为“通信方法、装置和存储介质”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。
技术领域
本申请实施例涉及通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种通信方法、装置和存储介质。
背景技术
车-所有(vehicle to everything;V2X)业务是一类使用车-车(vehicle to vehicle;V2V)应用的通信业务,通常通过第三代合作伙伴计划(3rd Generation Partnership Project;3GPP)传输,其中,V2X包括车-道路设施(vehicle to infrastructure;V2I)业务、车-网络(vehicle to network;V2N)业务、车-人(vehicle to pedestrian;V2P)业务、车-车(vehicle to vehicle;V2V)业务。
在现有的长期演进技术(Long Term Evolution;LTE)中,已经定义了LTE V2X用于支持V2X业务,而现有的LTE基站只能为LTE V2X业务提供服务。在引入新空口(New Radio;NR)后,如何使终端设备能够同时获得LTE V2X服务和NR V2X服务,是目前亟待解决的技术问题。
发明内容
本申请实施例提供一种通信方法、装置和存储介质,可以保证同一个终端设备能够获得第一制式的V2X服务和第二制式的V2X服务。
本申请第一方面提供一种通信方法,包括:
网络设备向第一终端设备发送第一制式的V2X的边缘连接配置和/或第二制式的V2X的边缘连接配置;所述第一终端设备根据所述第一制式的V2X的边缘连接配置和/或所述第二制式的V2X的边缘连接配置,获取传输数据所用的V2X边缘连接资源;
所述第一终端设备在所述V2X边缘连接资源上与第二终端设备进行通信。
在本方案中,第一制式的V2X业务可以为LTE V2X业务,也可以为NR V2X业务,相应的,第二制式的V2X业务可以为NR V2X业务,也可以为LTE V2X业务。示例性的,第一制式的V2X和第二制式的V2X也可以为无线保真(wireless fidelity;WIFI),或者,不同制式还可以是采用不同的频谱资源、不同的编解码技术、不同的子载波间隔、不同的发送时间(transmission timing)、不同的CP长度、不同的调制解调技术,或者不同的发送时间间隔的接入技术。
示例性的,以第一制式为LTE,第二制式为NR为例,第一制式的V2X的边缘连接配置包括如下信息中的至少一种:LTE V2X sidelink发送资源信息、LTE V2X sidelink接收资源信息、LTE V2X sidelink发送功率、LTE V2X sidelink调制与编码策略(modulation and coding scheme;MCS)、LTE边缘连接车-所有无线网络临时标识(sidelink-V2X-radio network temporary identifier;SL-V-RNTI)、LTE V2X同步类型、和LTE V2X同步配置。第二制式的V2X的边缘连接配置包括如下信息中的至少一种:NR V2X sidelink接收资源信息、NR V2X sidelink发送资源信息、NR V2X sidelink发送功率、NR V2X sidelink MCS、NR SL-V-RNTI、NR V2X同步类型和NR V2X同步配置。
在上述方案中,由于第一终端设备可以从网络设备获取第一制式的V2X的边缘连接配置和第二制式的V2X的边缘连接配置,从而可以根据上述两种配置从第一制式的V2X边缘 连接资源和/或第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源中确定传输数据所用的V2X边缘连接资源,从而根据确定出的V2X边缘连接资源与第二终端设备进行第一制式的V2X业务通信和/或第二制式的V2X业务通信,这样,将可以保证同一个终端设备能够获得第一制式的V2X服务和第二制式的V2X服务。
示例性的,V2X业务例如可以为IP、non-IP、V2V、V2I、V2N、V2P、服务提供商标识(provider service identifier,PSID)或智能运输系统应用标识符(intelligent transport systems application identifier;ITS-AID)。
可选的,所述方法还包括:
所述第一终端设备向所述网络设备发送所述第一终端设备支持所述第一制式的V2X业务和所述第二制式的V2X业务的信息。
示例性的,第一终端设备支持第一制式的V2X业务和第二制式的V2X业务的信息,可以是第一终端设备支持第一制式的V2X业务和第二制式的V2X业务的能力指示信息。
在上述方案中,由于第一终端设备会将支持第一制式的V2X业务和支持第二制式的V2X业务的信息发送给网络设备,这样,网络设备可以根据上述信息选择性的向第一终端设备发送第一制式的V2X的边缘连接配置和/或第二制式的V2X的边缘连接配置,由此可以节约网络资源。
可选的,所述获取传输数据所用的V2X边缘连接资源,包括:
所述第一终端设备接收所述网络设备广播的第一消息,所述第一消息中可以包括如下中的任一种,任两种或全部:区域的标识、所述区域对应的所述第一制式的V2X的边缘连接配置和所述第二制式的V2X的边缘连接配置,所述第一制式的V2X的边缘连接配置包括所述第一制式的V2X边缘连接的可用资源,所述第二制式的V2X的边缘连接配置包括所述第二制式的V2X边缘连接的可用资源;
所述第一终端设备当前处于所述区域,所述第一终端设备选择所述第一制式的V2X边缘连接的可用资源中的至少一个和/或所述第二制式的V2X边缘连接的可用资源中的至少一个。
示例性的,第一消息中可以仅包括区域的标识、区域对应的第一制式的V2X的边缘连接配置和第二制式的V2X的边缘连接配置中的任一个,也可以包括区域的标识、所述区域对应的所述第一制式的V2X的边缘连接配置和所述第二制式的V2X的边缘连接配置中的任两个,如第一消息中包括区域的标识和区域对应的第一制式的V2X的边缘连接配置,或者第一消息中包括区域的标识和区域对应的所述第二制式的V2X的边缘连接配置,或者第一消息中包括区域对应的第一制式的V2X的边缘连接配置和区域对应的第二制式的V2X的边缘连接配置。或者,第一消息中还可以同时包括区域的标识、区域对应的第一制式的V2X的边缘连接配置和第二制式的V2X的边缘连接配置。
在本方案中,当第一终端设备确定自身所处的区域时,可以在该区域对应的可用资源中选择资源进行数据传输。示例性的,所述第一终端设备可以选择第一制式的V2X边缘连接的可用资源中的至少一个资源作为V2X边缘连接资源,以用于传输数据,或者也可以选择第二制式的V2X边缘连接的可用资源中的至少一个资源作为V2X边缘连接资源,以用于传输数据,或者还可以选择第一制式的V2X边缘连接的可用资源中的至少一个,以及第二制式的V2X边缘连接的可用资源中的至少一个资源作为V2X边缘连接资源,以用于传输数据。
示例性的,网络设备会针对区域广播多个可用资源,第一终端设备从网络设备广播的多个可用资源中选择一个或者多个可用资源,例如,第一终端设备在做载波聚合(carrier aggregation;CA)时,可以选择两个或多个可用资源。
在上述方案中,网络设备在向第一终端设备广播消息时,可以向第一终端设备提供两种制式的V2X的边缘连接配置,这样,第一终端设备可以在空闲态时获得两种制式的V2X的边缘连接配置,从而在空闲态时也可以获得第一制式的V2X服务和第二制式的V2X服务。
可选的,所述获取传输数据所用的V2X边缘连接资源,包括:
所述第一终端设备向所述网络设备发送第二消息,所述第二消息中携带有至少一种用于指示网络制式的信息;
所述第一终端设备接收所述网络设备根据所述网络制式发送的所述V2X边缘连接资源。
在本方案中,第一终端设备会向网络设备发送第二消息,该第二消息中包括有用于指示sidelink无线接入技术(radio access technology;RAT)类型(type)的信息,如用于指示是第一制式还是第二制式,或者用于同时指示第一制式和第二制式。其中,第二消息可以是调度报告(scheduling report;SR)或者缓冲状态报告(buffer status report;BSR),第一终端设备在上报SR或BSR时,可以在SR或BSR中携带至少一种用于指示网络制式的信息。
网络设备在接收到第一终端设备发送的第二消息后,将根据第二消息中携带的用于指示网络制式的信息,确定V2X边缘连接资源,并将V2X边缘连接资源发送给第一终端设备。
在上述方案中,第一终端设备可以向网络设备发送用于指示网络制式的信息,这样,网络设备将根据该网络制式向第一终端设备发送V2X边缘连接资源,由此第一终端设备将会根据实际需求获得对应的V2X边缘连接资源。
可选的,所述获取传输数据所用的V2X边缘连接资源,包括:
所述第一终端设备接收所述网络设备发送的配置规则,所述配置规则包括如下信息中的任一种,任两种,任三种或全部:V2X的业务类型和资源之间的映射关系,服务质量Qos参数和资源之间的映射关系,服务质量QoS参数门限值,以及边缘连接的质量门限值;其中,所述边缘连接的质量门限值包括所述第一制式的V2X边缘连接的质量门限值和/或所述第二制式的V2X边缘连接的质量门限值;
所述第一终端设备根据所述配置规则,确定所述V2X边缘连接资源。在上述方案中,配置规则可以包括上述信息中的任一种,任两种,任三种或全部,例如:配置规则可以包括V2X的业务类型和资源之间的映射关系以及边缘连接的质量门限值,此时,第一终端设备测量边缘连接CBR,当测量得到的边缘连接CBR满足门限值的时候,执行网络设备配置的V2X的业务类型和资源之间的映射关系,即选择网络设备配置的所述资源传输属于所述V2X的业务类型的V2X业务。又例如:配置规则可以包括QoS参数和资源之间的映射关系以及边缘连接的质量门限值,此时,第一终端设备测量边缘连接CBR,当测量得到的边缘连接CBR满足门限值的时候,执行网络设备配置的QoS参数和资源之间的映射关系,即选择网络设备配置的所述资源传输具有所述QoS参数的数据。上述满足门限值,可以为测量得到的CBR大于门限值,或者测量得到的CBR大于等于门限值,或者测量得到的CBR小于门限值,或者测量得到的CBR小于等于门限值。
示例性的,上述资源可以为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源、或者可以为第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源,也可以为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源和第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源。
示例性的,上述服务质量Qos参数可以包括如下信息中的任一个,任两个或者全部:单个包优先级(prose per packet priority,PPPP)、单个包可靠性(prose per packet reliability,PPPR)服务质量流指示(QoS flow indicator;QFI)。其中,服务质量流指示也可以是5QI(5G QoS Indentifier)或者优先级等级(priority level)。
示例性的,上述边缘连接的质量参数可以包括信道繁忙率(Channel Busy Ratio;CBR)。
其中,在配置规则包括V2X的业务类型和资源之间的映射关系时,第一终端设备将根据需要传输的V2X的业务类型,获取与所要传输的V2X的业务类型对应的V2X边缘连接资源。
由于第一终端设备在接收到网络设备发送的配置规则后,可以根据该配置规则确定V2X边缘连接资源,这样,第一终端设备根据获取到的V2X边缘连接资源,能够获得第一制式的V2X服务和第二制式的V2X服务。
可选的,所述配置规则包括所述服务质量Qos参数门限值,所述服务质量Qos参数门限 值包括单个包优先级PPPP第一门限值和/或单个包可靠性PPPR第一门限值;
所述根据所述配置规则,确定所述V2X边缘连接资源,满足如下中任意一种:
所述第一终端设备的待发送数据包的PPPP大于或大于等于所述PPPP第一门限值,和/或,所述待发送数据包的PPPR大于或大于等于所述PPPR第一门限值,则确定所述V2X边缘连接资源为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源;或者,
所述第一终端设备的待发送数据包的PPPP大于或大于等于所述PPPP第一门限值,和/或,所述待发送数据包的PPPR大于或大于等于所述PPPR第一门限值,则确定所述V2X边缘连接资源为第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源;或者,
所述第一终端设备的待发送数据包的PPPP大于或大于等于所述PPPP第一门限值,和/或,所述待发送数据包的PPPR小于或小于等于所述PPPR第一门限值,则确定所述V2X边缘连接资源为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源;或者,
所述第一终端设备的待发送数据包的PPPP大于或大于等于所述PPPP第一门限值,和/或,所述待发送数据包的PPPR小于或小于等于所述PPPR第一门限值,则确定所述V2X边缘连接资源为第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源;或者,
所述第一终端设备的待发送数据包的PPPP小于或小于等于所述PPPP第一门限值,和/或,所述待发送数据包的PPPR小于或小于等于所述PPPR第一门限值,则确定所述V2X边缘连接资源为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源;或者,
所述第一终端设备的待发送数据包的PPPP小于或小于等于所述PPPP第一门限值,和/或,所述待发送数据包的PPPR小于或小于等于所述PPPR第一门限值,则确定所述V2X边缘连接资源为第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源;或者,
所述第一终端设备的待发送数据包的PPPP小于或小于等于所述PPPP第一门限值,和/或,所述待发送数据包的PPPR大于或大于等于所述PPPR第一门限值,则确定所述V2X边缘连接资源为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源;或者,
所述第一终端设备的待发送数据包的PPPP小于或小于等于所述PPPP第一门限值,和/或,所述待发送数据包的PPPR大于或大于等于所述PPPR第一门限值,则确定所述V2X边缘连接资源为第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源。
在上述方案中,示例性的,按照现有标准,PPPP的取值越小,代表所述待发送数据包的优先级越高。假设PPPR是取值越小,代表所述待发送数据的可靠性要求越高,且认为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源可以用于优先级较低和/或可靠性要求较低的数据传输,则在待发送数据包的PPPP大于或大于等于PPPP第一门限值,和/或,待发送数据包的PPPR大于或大于等于PPPR第一门限值时,确定V2X边缘连接资源为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源,这样,能够让终端设备选择到合适的V2X资源用来满足数据包的QoS要求。
示例性的,按照现有标准,PPPP的取值越小,代表所述待发送数据包的优先级越高。假设PPPR是取值越小,代表所述待发送数据的可靠性要求越高,且认为第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源可以用于优先级较低和/或可靠性要求较低的数据传输,则在待发送数据包的PPPP大于或大于等于PPPP第一门限值,和/或,待发送数据包的PPPR大于或大于等于PPPR第一门限值时,确定V2X边缘连接资源为第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源,这样,能够让终端设备选择到合适的V2X资源用来满足数据包的QoS要求。
示例性的,按照现有标准,PPPP的取值越小,代表所述待发送数据包的优先级越高。假设PPPR是取值越大,代表所述待发送数据的可靠性要求越高,且认为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源可以用于优先级较低和/或可靠性要求较低的数据传输,则在待发送数据包的PPPP大于或大于等于PPPP第一门限值,和/或,待发送数据包的PPPR小于或小于等于PPPR第一门限值时,确定V2X边缘连接资源为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源,这样,能够让终端设备选择到合适的V2X资源用来满足数据包的QoS要求。
示例性的,按照现有标准,PPPP的取值越小,代表所述待发送数据包的优先级越高。假设PPPR是取值越大,代表所述待发送数据的可靠性要求越高,且认为第二制式的V2X边 缘连接资源可以用于优先级较低和/或可靠性要求较低的数据传输,则在待发送数据包的PPPP大于或大于等于PPPP第一门限值,和/或,待发送数据包的PPPR小于或小于等于PPPR第一门限值时,确定V2X边缘连接资源为第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源,这样,能够让终端设备选择到合适的V2X资源用来满足数据包的QoS要求。
示例性的,按照现有标准,PPPP的取值越小,代表所述待发送数据包的优先级越高。假设PPPR是取值越小,代表所述待发送数据的可靠性要求越高,且认为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源可以用于优先级较高和/或可靠性要求较高的数据传输,则在待发送数据包的PPPP小于或小于等于所述PPPP第一门限值,和/或,数据包的PPPR小于或小于等于PPPR第一门限值时,确定V2X边缘连接资源为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源,这样,能够让终端设备选择到合适的V2X资源用来满足数据包的QoS要求。
示例性的,按照现有标准,PPPP的取值越小,代表所述待发送数据包的优先级越高。假设PPPR是取值越小,代表所述待发送数据的可靠性要求越高,且认为第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源可以用于优先级较高和/或可靠性要求较高的数据传输,则在待发送数据包的PPPP小于或小于等于所述PPPP第一门限值,和/或,数据包的PPPR小于或小于等于PPPR第一门限值时,确定V2X边缘连接资源为第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源,这样,能够让终端设备选择到合适的V2X资源用来满足数据包的QoS要求。
示例性的,按照现有标准,PPPP的取值越小,代表所述待发送数据包的优先级越高。假设PPPR是取值越大,代表所述待发送数据的可靠性要求越高,且认为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源可以用于优先级较高和/或可靠性要求较高的数据传输,则在待发送数据包的PPPP小于或小于等于PPPP第一门限值,和/或,待发送数据包的PPPR大于或大于等于PPPR第一门限值时,确定V2X边缘连接资源为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源,这样,能够让终端设备选择到合适的V2X资源用来满足数据包的QoS要求。
示例性的,按照现有标准,PPPP的取值越小,代表所述待发送数据包的优先级越高。假设PPPR是取值越大,代表所述待发送数据的可靠性要求越高,且认为第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源可以用于优先级较高和/或可靠性要求较高的数据传输,则在待发送数据包的PPPP小于或小于等于PPPP第一门限值,和/或,待发送数据包的PPPR大于或大于等于PPPR第一门限值时,确定V2X边缘连接资源为第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源,这样,能够让终端设备选择到合适的V2X资源用来满足数据包的QoS要求。
可选的,所述服务质量QoS参数门限值还包括PPPP第二门限值和/或PPPR第二门限值;
所述根据所述配置规则,确定所述V2X边缘连接资源,满足如下中任意一种:
所述第一终端设备的待发送数据包的PPPP小于或小于等于所述PPPP第二门限值,和/或,所述待发送数据包的PPPR大于或大于等于所述PPPR第一门限值,则确定所述V2X边缘连接资源为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源和第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源;或者,
所述第一终端设备的待发送数据包的PPPP小于或小于等于所述PPPP第二门限值,和/或,所述待发送数据包的PPPR小于或小于等于所述PPPR第一门限值,则确定所述V2X边缘连接资源为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源和第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源。
在本方案中,按照现有标准,PPPP的取值越小,代表所述待发送数据包的优先级越高。假设PPPR是取值越大,代表所述待发送数据的可靠性要求越高,且认为同时使用第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源和第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源进行传输可以满足数据高优先级和/或高可靠性要求,则在待发送数据包的PPPP小于或小于等于PPPP第二门限值,和/或,待发送数据包的PPPR大于或大于等于PPPR第一门限值时,确定V2X边缘连接资源为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源和第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源,这样,在终端设备有高优先级和/或高可靠性要求的数据待传输时,可以让终端设备获得相应的V2X边缘连接资源用于满足数据包的QoS要求。
示例性的,按照现有标准,PPPP的取值越小,代表所述待发送数据包的优先级越高。假设PPPR是取值越小,代表所述待发送数据的可靠性要求越高,且认为同时使用第一制式 的V2X边缘连接资源和第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源进行传输可以满足数据高优先级和/或高可靠性要求,则在待发送数据包的PPPP小于或小于等于PPPP第二门限值,和/或,待发送数据包的PPPR小于或小于等于PPPR第一门限值时,确定V2X边缘连接资源为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源和第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源,这样,在终端设备有高优先级和/或高可靠性要求的数据待传输时,可以让终端设备获得相应的V2X边缘连接资源用于满足数据包的QoS要求。
可选的,所述配置规则包括所述服务质量Qos参数门限值,所述服务质量Qos参数门限值包括服务质量流指示QFI第一门限值;
所述根据所述配置规则,确定所述V2X边缘连接资源,满足如下中任意一种:
所述第一终端设备的待发送数据包的QFI大于或大于等于所述QFI第一门限值,则确定所述V2X边缘连接资源为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源;或者,
所述第一终端设备的待发送数据包的QFI大于或大于等于所述QFI第一门限值,则确定所述V2X边缘连接资源为第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源;或者,
所述第一终端设备的待发送数据包的QFI小于或小于等于所述QFI第一门限值,则确定所述V2X边缘连接资源为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源;或者,
所述第一终端设备的待发送数据包的QFI小于或小于等于所述QFI第一门限值,则确定所述V2X边缘连接资源为第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源。
在本方案中,示例性的,第一终端设备的待发送数据包会有对应的QFI,若所述待发送数据包的QFI大于或大于等于QFI第一门限值,则确定V2X边缘连接资源为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源。这样,如果QFI取值越小表示QoS要求越高,且认为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源可以用于QoS要求较低的数据的传输,则通过上述规则可以让终端设备为不同QoS要求的数据选择合适的V2X边缘连接资源进行传输。
示例性的,第一终端设备的待发送数据包会有对应的QFI,若所述待发送数据包的QFI大于或大于等于QFI第一门限值,则确定V2X边缘连接资源为第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源。这样,如果QFI取值越小表示QoS要求越高,且认为第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源可以用于QoS要求较低的数据的传输,则通过上述规则可以让终端设备为不同QoS要求的数据选择合适的V2X边缘连接资源进行传输。
示例性的,第一终端设备的待发送数据包会有对应的QFI,若所述待发送数据包的QFI小于或小于等于QFI第一门限值,则确定V2X边缘连接资源为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源。这样,如果QFI取值越小表示QoS要求越高,且认为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源可以用于QoS要求较高的数据的传输,则通过上述规则可以让终端设备为不同QoS要求的数据选择合适的V2X边缘连接资源进行传输。
示例性的,第一终端设备的待发送数据包会有对应的QFI,若所述待发送数据包的QFI小于或小于等于QFI第一门限值,则确定V2X边缘连接资源为第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源。这样,如果QFI取值越小表示QoS要求越高,且认为第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源可以用于QoS要求较高的数据的传输,则通过上述规则可以让终端设备为不同QoS要求的数据选择合适的V2X边缘连接资源进行传输。
示例性的,第一终端设备的待发送数据包会有对应的QFI,若所述待发送数据包的QFI大于或大于等于QFI第一门限值,则确定V2X边缘连接资源为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源。这样,如果QFI取值越大表示QoS要求越高,且认为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源可以用于QoS要求较高的数据的传输,则通过上述规则可以让终端设备为不同QoS要求的数据选择合适的V2X边缘连接资源进行传输。
示例性的,第一终端设备的待发送数据包会有对应的QFI,若所述待发送数据包的QFI大于或大于等于QFI第一门限值,则确定V2X边缘连接资源为第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源。这样,如果QFI取值越大表示QoS要求越高,且认为第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源可以用于QoS要求较高的数据的传输,则通过上述规则可以让终端设备为不同QoS要求的数据 选择合适的V2X边缘连接资源进行传输。
示例性的,第一终端设备的待发送数据包会有对应的QFI,若所述待发送数据包的QFI小于或小于等于QFI第一门限值,则确定V2X边缘连接资源为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源。这样,如果QFI取值越大表示QoS要求越高,且认为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源可以用于QoS要求较低的数据的传输,则通过上述规则可以让终端设备为不同QoS要求的数据选择合适的V2X边缘连接资源进行传输。
示例性的,第一终端设备的待发送数据包会有对应的QFI,若所述待发送数据包的QFI小于或小于等于QFI第一门限值,则确定V2X边缘连接资源为第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源。这样,如果QFI取值越大表示QoS要求越高,且认为第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源可以用于QoS要求较低的数据的传输,则通过上述规则可以让终端设备为不同QoS要求的数据选择合适的V2X边缘连接资源进行传输。
可选的,所述服务质量Qos参数门限值包括服务质量流指示QFI第二门限值;
所述根据所述配置规则,确定所述V2X边缘连接资源,满足如下中任意一种:
所述第一终端设备的待发送数据包的QFI大于或大于等于所述QFI第二门限值,则确定所述V2X边缘连接资源为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源和第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源;或者,
所述第一终端设备的待发送数据包的QFI小于或小于等于所述QFI第二门限值,则确定所述V2X边缘连接资源为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源和第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源。
在本方案中,第一终端设备的待发送数据包会有对应的QFI,若所述待发送数据包的QFI大于或大于等于QFI第二门限值,则确定V2X边缘连接资源为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源和第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源。这样,如果QFI取值越大表示QoS要求越高,且认为同时使用第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源和第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源可以满足数据的高QoS要求,则可以通过上述方法为高QoS要求的数据选择合适的V2X边缘连接资源进行传输。
示例性的,第一终端设备的待发送数据包会有对应的QFI,若所述待发送数据包的QFI小于或小于等于QFI第二门限值,则确定V2X边缘连接资源为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源和第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源。这样,如果QFI取值越小表示QoS要求越高,且认为同时使用第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源和第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源可以满足数据的高QoS要求,则可以通过上述方法为高QoS要求的数据选择合适的V2X边缘连接资源进行传输。
可选的,所述配置规则包括所述边缘连接的质量门限值,所述边缘连接的质量门限值包括信道繁忙率CBR第一门限值和/或CBR第二门限值;
所述根据所述配置规则,确定所述V2X边缘连接资源,满足如下中任意一种:
所述第一终端设备测量到的第一制式的V2X边缘连接CBR大于或大于等于所述CRB第一门限值,和/或,所述第一终端设备测量到的第二制式的V2X边缘连接CBR小于或小于等于所述CRB第二门限值,则确定所述V2X边缘连接资源为第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源;或者,
所述第一终端设备测量到的第一制式的V2X边缘连接CBR小于或小于等于所述CRB第一门限值,和/或,所述第一终端设备测量到的第二制式的V2X边缘连接CBR大于或大于等于所述CRB第二门限值,则确定所述V2X边缘连接资源为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源。
在上述方案中,由于在测量到的第一制式的V2X边缘连接CBR大于或大于等于CRB第一门限值,则确定V2X边缘连接资源为第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源,这样,可以让终端设备实时地选择更为空闲的V2X边缘连接资源传输数据。
示例性的,在测量到的第二制式的V2X边缘连接CBR小于或小于等于CRB第二门限值,则确定V2X边缘连接资源为第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源,这样,可以让终端设备实时地选择更为空闲的V2X边缘连接资源传输数据。
示例性的,在测量到的第一制式的V2X边缘连接CBR大于或大于等于CRB第一门限值,和/或,第一终端设备测量到的第二制式的V2X边缘连接CBR小于或小于等于CRB第二门限值时,确定V2X边缘连接资源为第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源。这样,可以让终端设备实时地选择更为空闲的V2X边缘连接资源传输数据。
可选的,所述方法还包括:
所述第一终端设备接收所述网络设备发送的测量事件;
所述测量事件包括如下中任意一种:
所述第一制式的V2X边缘连接信道忙碌率SL CBR大于或大于等于第二门限值,和/或,所述第二制式的V2X SL CBR小于或小于等于第三门限值;或者,
所述第一制式的V2X SL CBR小于或小于等于第四门限值,和/或,所述第二制式的V2X SL CBR大于或大于等于第五门限值;或者,
所述第一制式的V2X SL CBR或所述第二制式的V2X SL CBR大于或大于等于第六门限值,且参考信号接收功率RSRP或参考信号接收质量RSRQ大于或大于等于第七门限值;或者,
所述第一制式的V2X SL CBR或所述第二制式的V2X SL CBR小于或小于等于第八门限值,且所述RSRP或所述RSRQ小于或小于等于第九门限值。
在本方案中,为了能够让网络设备确定出的V2X边缘连接资源更加合理,可以让网络设备获知第一终端设备能够获得的第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源和第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源的情况,甚至还可以涉及Uu口的选择,网络设备会向第一终端设备下发测量配置,第一终端设备在接收到网络设备发送的测量配置后执行V2X边缘连接的测量。所述测量配置中可以包括测量事件,当第一终端设备测量到的第一制式的V2X边缘连接的测量结果和/或第二制式的V2X边缘连接的测量结果满足事件,第一终端设备可以向网络设备发送测量报告,所述测量报告中包含第一制式的V2X边缘连接的测量结果和/或第二制式的V2X边缘连接的测量结果。可选的,所述测量报告可以包含满足测量事件的第一制式的V2X边缘连接的测量结果和/或第二制式的V2X边缘连接的测量结果。网络设备根据第一终端设备发送的测量报告,为第一终端设备分配V2X边缘连接资源。
可选的,所述方法还包括:
所述第一终端设备获取第二终端设备支持所述第一制式的V2X业务和所述第二制式的V2X业务的信息;
所述第一终端设备根据所述第二终端设备支持所述第一制式的V2X业务和所述第二制式的V2X业务的信息,选择所述V2X边缘连接资源。
在本方案中,第一终端设备在选择V2X边缘连接资源之前,先获知第二终端设备是否能够支持第一制式的V2X业务、是否能够支持第二制式的V2X业务或者是否能够同时支持第一制式的V2X业务和第二制式的V2X业务。在一种实现过程中,第一终端设备可以通过V2X控制功能(control function)获得,也可以从网络设备中获得,还可以通过第一终端设备中安装的应用程序(application;APP)获得。
在第一终端设备获知第二终端设备能够同时支持第一制式的V2X业务和第二制式的V2X业务时,再根据上述方式选择V2X边缘连接资源,使得选择出的资源更加合理。
可选的,若第一终端设备获知第二终端设备仅能够支持第一制式的V2X业务,则相应的,第一终端设备可以选择第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源,若第一终端设备获知第二终端设备仅能够支持第二制式的V2X业务,则相应的,第一终端设备可以选择第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源。
可选的,所述方法还包括:
所述第一终端设备向所述网络设备发送所述第二终端设备的设备标识;所述设备标识用于指示所述网络设备为所述第一终端设备分配所述V2X边缘连接资源,或者用于所述第一终端设备从所述网络设备获取所述第二终端设备支持所述第一制式的V2X业务和所述第 二制式的V2X业务的信息。
在本方案中,网络设备会接收第一终端设备发送的第二终端设备的设备标识,网络设备将根据该设备标识获取第二终端设备支持第一制式的V2X业务和第二制式的V2X业务的信息,并根据第二终端设备支持第一制式的V2X业务和第二制式的V2X业务的信息,确定V2X边缘连接资源,使得选择出的资源更加合理。
可选的,所述第一V2X边缘连接和所述第二V2X边缘连接使用相同的V2X同步类型和SL-V-RNTI。
在本方案中,由于LTE V2X sidelink和NR V2X sidelink都是由网络设备管理,LTE和NR V2X sidelink的部分配置可以相同,例如SL-V-RNTI和V2X同步类型可以是共用的配置,即不对SL-V-RNTI和V2X同步类型区分LTE和NR进行配置。
由于第一V2X边缘连接和第二V2X边缘连接使用相同的V2X同步类型和SL-V-RNTI,这样可以简化第一V2X边缘连接配置和第二V2X边缘连接配置。
此时的第一制式的V2X的边缘连接配置和第二制式的V2X的边缘连接配置可以包括LTE V2X sidelink发送资源信息、LTE V2X sidelink接收资源信息、LTE V2X sidelink发送功率、LTE V2X sidelink MCS、LTE V2X同步配置、NR V2X sidelink接收资源信息、NR V2X sidelink发送资源信息、NR V2X sidelink发送功率、NR V2X sidelink MCS、NR V2X同步配置和公共的SL-V-RNTI、公共的同步类型。
可选的,所述方法还包括:
所述网络设备获取如下信息中的任意一个或任意多个:所述第一终端设备支持所述第一制式的V2X业务和所述第二制式的V2X业务的信息、所述第一终端设备的授权信息和边缘连接聚合最大比特速率AMBR;其中,所述边缘连接AMBR包括所述第一制式的V2X中的第一边缘连接AMBR和所述第二制式的V2X中的第二边缘连接AMBR;
所述网络设备向第一终端设备发送第一制式的V2X的边缘连接配置和/或第二制式的V2X的边缘连接配置,包括:
所述网络设备根据所述第一终端设备支持所述第一制式的V2X业务和所述第二制式的V2X业务的信息、所述授权信息和所述边缘连接AMBR中的任意一个或任意多个,向所述第一终端设备发送所述第一制式的V2X的边缘连接配置和/或所述第二制式的V2X的边缘连接配置。
在上述方案中,边缘连接(sidelink)AMBR可以包括第一制式的V2X中的第一边缘连接(sidelink)AMBR和第二制式的V2X中的第二边缘连接(sidelink)AMBR。边缘连接(sidelink)AMBR是终端设备为V2X业务进行sidelink通信时最大的比特率。
示例性的,授权信息可以包括如下信息中的至少一个:第一终端设备是否被授权为第一制式的车辆(Vehicle)终端设备、所述第一终端设备是否被授权为第一制式的手持(Pedestrian)终端设备、所述第一终端设备是否被授权为第二制式的车辆(Vehicle)终端设备和所述第一终端设备是否被授权为第二制式的手持(Pedestrian)终端设备。
由于网络设备根据所述第一终端设备支持所述第一制式的V2X业务和所述第二制式的V2X业务的信息、所述授权信息和所述边缘连接AMBR中的任意一个或任意多个,向所述第一终端设备发送所述第一制式的V2X的边缘连接配置和/或所述第二制式的V2X的边缘连接配置,从而使第一终端获取传输数据所用的V2X边缘连接资源,能够保证同一个终端设备能够获得第一制式的V2X服务和第二制式的V2X服务。
可选的,所述方法还包括:
所述网络设备向所述第一终端设备广播第一消息,所述第一消息中可以包括如下中的任一种,任两种或全部:区域的标识,所述区域对应的所述第一制式的V2X的边缘连接配置和所述第二制式的V2X的边缘连接配置,所述第一制式的V2X的边缘连接配置包括所述第一制式的V2X边缘连接的可用资源,所述第二制式的V2X的边缘连接配置包括所述第二制式的V2X边缘连接的可用资源;所述区域的标识用于指示所述第一终端设备在当前处于 所述区域时,选择所述第一制式的V2X边缘连接的可用资源中的至少一个和/或所述第二制式的V2X边缘连接的可用资源中的至少一个。
示例性的,第一消息中可以仅包括区域的标识、区域对应的第一制式的V2X的边缘连接配置和第二制式的V2X的边缘连接配置中的任一个,也可以包括区域的标识、所述区域对应的所述第一制式的V2X的边缘连接配置和所述第二制式的V2X的边缘连接配置中的任两个,如第一消息中包括区域的标识和区域对应的第一制式的V2X的边缘连接配置,或者第一消息中包括区域的标识和区域对应的所述第二制式的V2X的边缘连接配置,或者第一消息中包括区域对应的第一制式的V2X的边缘连接配置和区域对应的第二制式的V2X的边缘连接配置。或者,第一消息中还可以同时包括区域的标识、区域对应的第一制式的V2X的边缘连接配置和第二制式的V2X的边缘连接配置。
在本方案中,当第一终端设备确定自身所处的区域时,可以在该区域对应的可用资源中选择资源进行数据传输。示例性的,所述第一终端设备可以选择第一制式的V2X边缘连接的可用资源中的至少一个资源作为V2X边缘连接资源,以用于传输数据,或者也可以选择第二制式的V2X边缘连接的可用资源中的至少一个资源作为V2X边缘连接资源,以用于传输数据,或者还可以选择第一制式的V2X边缘连接的可用资源中的至少一个,以及第二制式的V2X边缘连接的可用资源中的至少一个资源作为V2X边缘连接资源,以用于传输数据。
示例性的,网络设备会针对区域广播多个可用资源,第一终端设备从网络设备广播的多个可用资源中选择一个或者多个可用资源,例如,第一终端设备在做载波聚合(carrier aggregation;CA)时,可以选择两个或多个可用资源。
在上述方案中,网络设备在向第一终端设备广播消息时,可以向第一终端设备提供两种制式的V2X的边缘连接配置,这样,第一终端设备可以在空闲态时获得两种制式的V2X的边缘连接配置,从而在空闲态时也可以获得第一制式的V2X服务和第二制式的V2X服务。
可选的,所述方法还包括:
所述网络设备接收所述第一终端设备发送的第二消息,所述第二消息中携带有至少一种用于指示网络制式的信息;
所述网络设备根据所述网络制式,确定所述V2X边缘连接资源;
所述网络设备将所述V2X边缘连接资源发送给所述第一终端设备。
在本方案中,第一终端设备会向网络设备发送第二消息,该第二消息中包括有用于指示sidelink无线接入技术(radio access technology;RAT)类型(type)的信息,如用于指示是第一网络制式还是第二网络制式,或者用于同时指示第一网络制式和第二网络制式。其中,第二消息可以是调度报告(scheduling report;SR)或者缓冲状态报告(buffer status report;BSR),第一终端设备在上报SR或BSR时,可以在SR或BSR中携带至少一种用于指示网络制式的信息。
网络设备在接收到第一终端设备发送的第二消息后,将根据第二消息中携带的用于指示网络制式的信息,确定V2X边缘连接资源,并将V2X边缘连接资源发送给第一终端设备。
在上述方案中,第一终端设备可以向网络设备发送用于指示网络制式的信息,这样,网络设备将根据该网络制式向第一终端设备发送V2X边缘连接资源,由此第一终端设备将会根据实际需求获得对应的V2X边缘连接资源。
可选的,所述方法还包括:
所述网络设备向所述第一终端设备发送配置规则,所述配置规则包括如下信息中的任一种,任两种,任三种或全部:V2X的业务类型和资源之间的映射关系,服务质量Qos参数和资源之间的映射关系,服务质量QoS参数门限值,以及边缘连接的质量门限值;其中,所述边缘连接的质量门限值包括所述第一制式的V2X边缘连接的质量门限值和/或所述第二制式的V2X边缘连接的质量门限值,所述配置规则用于指示所述第一终端设备确定所述V2X边缘连接资源。
在上述方案中,配置规则可以包括上述信息中的任一种,任两种,任三种或全部,例如:配置规则可以包括V2X的业务类型和资源之间的映射关系以及边缘连接的质量门限值,此时,第一终端设备测量LTE/NR V2X SL CBR,当满足门限值的时候,执行网络设备配置的业务类型或QoS参数和资源之间的映射关系。
示例性的,上述资源可以为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源、或者可以为第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源,也可以为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源和第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源。
示例性的,上述服务质量Qos参数可以包括如下信息中的任一个,任两个或者全部:单个包优先级(prose per packet priority,PPPP)、单个包可靠性(prose per packet reliability,PPPR)服务质量流指示(QoS flow indicator;QFI)。
示例性的,上述边缘连接的质量参数可以包括信道繁忙率(Channel Busy Ratio;CBR)。
其中,在配置规则包括V2X的业务类型和资源之间的映射关系时,第一终端设备将根据需要传输的V2X的业务类型,获取与所要传输的V2X的业务类型对应的V2X边缘连接资源。
由于第一终端设备在接收到网络设备发送的配置规则后,可以根据该配置规则确定V2X边缘连接资源,这样,第一终端设备根据获取到的V2X边缘连接资源,能够获得第一制式的V2X服务和第二制式的V2X服务。
可选的,所述方法还包括:
所述网络设备向所述第一终端设备发送测量事件;
所述网络设备接收所述第一终端设备发送的测量报告,所述测量报告为所述第一终端设备在确定出所述测量事件满足预设条件时发送的;
所述网络设备根据所述测量报告确定所述V2X边缘连接资源;
所述网络设备将所述V2X边缘连接资源发送给所述第一终端设备。
可选的,所述测量事件包括如下中任意一种:
所述第一制式的V2X边缘连接信道忙碌率SL CBR大于或大于等于第二门限值,和/或,所述第二制式的V2X SL CBR小于或小于等于第三门限值;或者,
所述第一制式的V2X SL CBR小于或小于等于第四门限值,和/或,所述第二制式的V2X SL CBR大于或大于等于第五门限值;或者,
所述第一制式的V2X SL CBR或第二制式的V2X SL CBR大于或大于等于第六门限值,且参考信号接收功率RSRP或参考信号接收质量RSRQ大于或大于等于第七门限值;或者,
所述第一制式的V2X SL CBR或第二制式的V2X SL CBR小于或小于等于第八门限值,且所述RSRP或所述RSRQ小于或小于等于第九限值。
在本方案中,若第一制式的V2X边缘连接信道忙碌率SL CBR大于或大于等于第二门限值,或者,第二制式的V2X SL CBR小于或小于等于第三门限值,或者第一制式的V2X边缘连接信道忙碌率SL CBR大于或大于等于第二门限值且第二制式的V2X SL CBR小于或小于等于第三门限值时,则确定所述V2X边缘连接资源为第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源。
若第一制式的V2X SL CBR小于或小于等于第四门限值,或者,第二制式的V2X SL CBR大于或大于等于第五门限值,或者,第一制式的V2X SL CBR小于或小于等于第四门限值且第二制式的V2X SL CBR大于或大于等于第五门限值时,则确定所述V2X边缘连接资源为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源。
若第一制式的V2X SL CBR大于或大于等于第六门限值且RSRP大于或大于等于第七门限值,或者,第二制式的V2X SL CBR大于或大于等于第六门限值且RSRP大于或大于等于第七门限值,或者,第一制式的V2X SL CBR大于或大于等于第六门限值且RSRQ大于或大于等于第七门限值,或者,第二制式的V2X SL CBR大于或大于等于第六门限值且RSRQ大于或大于等于第七门限值,则确定所述V2X边缘连接资源为Uu口资源。
若第一制式的V2X SL CBR小于或小于等于第八门限值且RSRP小于或小于等于第九门限值,或者,第一制式的V2X SL CBR小于或小于等于第八门限值且RSRQ小于或小于等 于第九门限值,或者,第二制式的V2X SL CBR小于或小于等于第八门限值且RSRP小于或小于等于第九门限值,或者,第二制式的V2X SL CBR小于或小于等于第八门限值且RSRQ小于或小于等于第九门限值,则确定V2X边缘连接资源为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源。
若第一制式的V2X SL CBR小于或小于等于第八门限值且RSRP小于或小于等于第九门限值,或者,第一制式的V2X SL CBR小于或小于等于第八门限值且RSRQ小于或小于等于第九门限值,或者,第二制式的V2X SL CBR小于或小于等于第八门限值且RSRP小于或小于等于第九门限值,或者,第二制式的V2X SL CBR小于或小于等于第八门限值且RSRQ小于或小于等于第九门限值,则确定V2X边缘连接资源为第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源。
若第一制式的V2X SL CBR小于或小于等于第十门限值,且,第二制式的V2X SL CBR小于或小于等于第十一门限值,则确定V2X边缘连接资源为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源和第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源。
可选的,所述方法还包括:
所述网络设备接收所述第一终端设备发送的所述第二终端设备的设备标识;
所述网络设备根据所述设备标识获取所述第二终端设备支持所述第一制式的V2X业务和所述第二制式的V2X业务的信息;
所述网络设备根据所述第二终端设备支持所述第一制式的V2X业务和所述第二制式的V2X业务的信息,确定所述V2X边缘连接资源。
在本方案中,网络设备会接收第一终端设备发送的第二终端设备的设备标识,网络设备将根据该设备标识获取第二终端设备支持第一制式的V2X业务和第二制式的V2X业务的信息,并根据第二终端设备支持第一制式的V2X业务和第二制式的V2X业务的信息,确定V2X边缘连接资源,使得选择出的资源更加合理。
可选的,所述方法还包括:
所述网络设备将所述第二终端设备支持第一制式的V2X业务和第二制式的V2X业务的信息,发送给所述第一终端设备。
在本方案中,在第一终端设备获知第二终端设备能够同时支持第一制式的V2X业务和第二制式的V2X业务时,再根据上述方式选择V2X边缘连接资源,使得选择出的资源更加合理。
可选的,所述授权信息包括如下信息中的至少一个:所述第一终端设备是否被授权为第一制式的车辆终端设备、所述第一终端设备是否被授权为第一制式的手持终端设备、所述第一终端设备是否被授权为第二制式的车辆终端设备和所述第一终端设备是否被授权为第二制式的手持终端设备。
可选的,所述第一V2X边缘连接和所述第二V2X边缘连接使用相同的V2X同步类型和SL-V-RNTI。
在本方案中,由于LTE V2X sidelink和NR V2X sidelink都是由网络设备管理,LTE和NR V2X sidelink的部分配置可以相同,例如SL-V-RNTI和V2X同步类型可以是共用的配置,即不对SL-V-RNTI和V2X同步类型区分LTE和NR进行配置。
由于第一V2X边缘连接和第二V2X边缘连接使用相同的V2X同步类型和SL-V-RNTI,这样可以简化第一V2X边缘连接配置和第二V2X边缘连接配置。
此时的第一制式的V2X的边缘连接配置和第二制式的V2X的边缘连接配置可以包括LTE V2X sidelink发送资源信息、LTE V2X sidelink接收资源信息、LTE V2X sidelink发送功率、LTE V2X sidelink MCS、LTE V2X同步配置、NR V2X sidelink接收资源信息、NR V2X sidelink发送资源信息、NR V2X sidelink发送功率、NR V2X sidelink MCS、NR V2X同步配置和公共的SL-V-RNTI、公共的同步类型。
本申请第二方面提供一种通信装置,所述通信装置具备实现上述第一方面涉及的第一终端设备的功能,比如,所述通信装置包括以上第一方面中所述第一终端设备执行的步骤所对应的模块或单元或手段(means);所述所述通信装置也可以具备实现上述第一方面涉 及的网络设备的功能,比如,所述通信装置包括以上第一方面中所述网络设备执行的步骤所对应的模块或单元或手段(means);所述所述通信装置也可以具备实现上述第一方面涉及的第二终端设备的功能,比如,所述通信装置包括以上第一方面中所述第二终端设备执行的步骤所对应的模块或单元或手段(means)。以上所称功能或模块或单元或手段(means),可以通过软件实现,可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。
本申请第三方面提供的装置,可以是终端设备,也可以是终端设备内的芯片,所述终端设备或所述芯片具有实现上述各方面或其任意可能的设计中的通信方法的功能。所述功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的单元。
比如,所述终端设备可以包括:处理单元,所述处理单元可以是处理器,可选的,该终端设备还可以包括收发单元,该收发单元可以是收发器,所述收发器包括射频电路,可选地,所述终端设备还可以包括存储单元,所述存储单元例如可以是存储器。示例性的,当所述终端设备包括存储单元时,所述存储单元用于存储计算机执行指令,所述处理单元与所述存储单元连接,所述处理单元执行所述存储单元存储的计算机执行指令,以使所述终端设备执行上述各方面或其任意可能的设计中的通信方法。
比如,所述芯片可以包括:处理单元,所述处理单元可以是处理器,可选的,该芯片还可以包括收发单元,该收发单元可以是所述芯片上的输入/输出接口、管脚或电路等。所述处理单元可执行存储单元存储的计算机执行指令,以使所述芯片执行上述各方面或其任意可能的设计中的通信方法。可选地,该芯片还可以包括存储单元,该存储单元可以是所述芯片内的存储单元(例如,寄存器、缓存等),所述存储单元还可以是所述终端设备内的位于所述芯片外部的存储单元(例如,只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM))或可存储静态信息和指令的其他类型的静态存储设备(例如,随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM))等。
上述提到的处理器可以是一个中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU)、微处理器或专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC),也可以是一个或多个用于控制上述各方面或其任意可能的设计的通信方法的程序执行的集成电路。
另外,上述装置也可以是网络设备,也可以是网络设备内的芯片,所述网络设备或所述芯片具有实现上述各方面或其任意可能的设计中的通信方法的功能。所述功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的单元。
比如,所述网络设备可以包括:处理单元,该处理单元可以是处理器,该网络设备还可以包括收发单元,该收发单元可以是收发器,所述收发器可以包括射频电路,可选地,所述网络设备还可以包括存储单元,所述存储单元例如可以是存储器。示例性的,当所述网络设备包括存储单元时,所述存储单元用于存储计算机执行指令,所述处理单元与所述存储单元连接,所述处理单元执行所述存储单元存储的计算机执行指令,以使所述终端设备执行上述各方面或其任意可能的设计中的通信方法。
比如,所述芯片可以包括:处理单元,所述处理单元可以是处理器,该芯片还可以包括收发单元,该收发单元可以是所述芯片上的输入/输出接口、管脚或电路等。所述处理单元可执行存储单元存储的计算机执行指令,以使所述芯片执行上述各方面或其任意可能的设计中的通信方法。可选地,该芯片还可以包括存储单元,该存储单元可以是所述芯片内的存储单元(例如,寄存器、缓存等),所述存储单元还可以是所述网络设备内的位于所述芯片外部的存储单元(例如,只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM))或可存储静态信息和指令的其他类型的静态存储设备(例如,随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM))等。
上述提到的处理器可以是一个中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU)、微处理器或专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC),也可以是一个或多个用于 控制上述各方面或其任意可能的设计的通信方法的程序执行的集成电路。
示例性的,本申请实施例的第三方面提供了一种终端设备,包括:存储器和处理器,所述存储器用于存储计算机程序,所述计算机程序在所述处理器运行,使得所述终端设备实现如第一方面中涉及的第一终端设备的功能。
示例性的,本申请实施例的第四方面提供了一种网络设备,包括:存储器和处理器,所述存储器用于存储计算机程序,所述计算机程序在所述处理器运行,使得所述网络设备实现如第一方面中涉及的网络设备的功能。
本申请实施例的第五方面提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,用于存储计算机指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行本申请实施例的第一方面提供的通信方法。
本申请实施例的第六方面提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行本申请实施例的第一方面提供的通信方法。
示例性的,本申请实施例的第七方面提供了一种芯片,包括:存储器和处理器,所述存储器用于存储计算机程序,所述处理器用于从所述存储器中调用并运行所述计算机程序,使得所述处理器执行如第一方面提供的通信方法。
本申请实施例的第八方面提供了一种通信系统,包括上述各种形式的网络设备和/或终端设备。
本申请提供的通信方法、装置和存储介质,第一终端设备通过从网络设备接收第一制式的V2X的边缘连接配置和第二制式的V2X的边缘连接配置,并根据第一制式的V2X的边缘连接配置和第二制式的V2X的边缘连接配置,获取传输数据所用的V2X边缘连接资源,然后在该V2X边缘连接资源上与第二终端设备进行通信。由于第一终端设备可以从网络设备获取第一制式的V2X的边缘连接配置和第二制式的V2X的边缘连接配置,从而可以根据上述两种配置从第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源和/或第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源中确定传输数据所用的V2X边缘连接资源,从而根据确定出的V2X边缘连接资源与第二终端设备进行第一制式的V2X业务通信和/或第二制式的V2X业务通信,这样,将可以保证同一个终端设备能够获得第一制式的V2X服务和第二制式的V2X服务。
附图说明
图1为V2X业务的架构示意图;
图2a和图2b为LTE系统和NR系统中V2X业务的数据传输示意图;
图3为本申请通信方法的一种信令流程图;
图4为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图;
图5为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的另一结构示意图;
图6为本申请实施例提供的一种终端设备设备的结构示意图;
图7为本申请实施例提供的一种基站的结构示意图。
具体实施方式
本申请实施例描述的网络架构以及业务场景是为了更加清楚的说明本申请实施例的技术方案,并不构成对于本申请实施例提供的技术方案的限定,本领域普通技术人员可知,随着网络架构的演变和新业务场景的出现,本申请实施例提供的技术方案对于类似的技术问题,同样适用。
以下,对本申请中的部分用语进行解释说明,以便于本领域技术人员理解。
1)终端设备,也可以称为用户设备(user equipment,UE)、接入终端设备、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端设备、移动设备、用户终端设备、终端设备、 无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置。终端设备设备可以是无线局域网(wireless local area networks,WLAN)中的站点(station,ST),可以是蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(session initiation protocol,SIP)电话、无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)站、个人数字处理(personal digital assistant,PDA)设备、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备以及下一代通信系统,例如,第五代通信(fifth-generation,5G)网络中的终端设备设备或者未来演进的公共陆地移动网络(public land mobile network,PLMN)网络中的终端设备设备,新空口(new radio,NR)通信系统中的终端设备设备等。
作为示例而非限定,在本申请实施例中,该终端设备设备还可以是可穿戴设备。可穿戴设备也可以称为穿戴式智能设备,是应用穿戴式技术对日常穿戴进行智能化设计、开发出可以穿戴的设备的总称,如眼镜、手套、手表、服饰及鞋等。可穿戴设备即直接穿在身上,或是整合到用户的衣服或配件的一种便携式设备。可穿戴设备不仅仅是一种硬件设备,更是通过软件支持以及数据交互、云端交互来实现强大的功能。广义穿戴式智能设备包括功能全、尺寸大、可不依赖智能手机实现完整或者部分的功能,例如:智能手表或智能眼镜等,以及只专注于某一类应用功能,可以和其它设备如智能手机配合使用,如各类进行体征监测的智能手环、智能首饰等。
示例性的,终端设备设备还可以包括无人机,如无人机上的机载通信设备等。
2)网络设备,可以是用于与移动设备通信的设备,网络设备可以是WLAN中的接入点(access point,AP),GSM或CDMA中的基站(base transceiver station,BTS),也可以是WCDMA中的基站(nodeB,NB),还可以是LTE中的演进型基站(evolved node B,eNB或eNodeB),或者中继站或接入点,或者车载设备、可穿戴设备以及未来5G网络中的网络设备或者未来演进的PLMN网络中的网络设备,或NR系统中的新一代基站(new generation node B,gNodeB)等。
3)V2X,是一类使用V2V应用的通信业务,通过3GPP传输,包括V2I业务、V2N业务、V2P业务和V2V业务,其中,V2I业务的参与者包括终端设备和道路设施,V2N业务的参与者包括终端设备和服务实体,通过网络设备进行通信。V2P和V2V业务中的两个参与者都是终端设备。
4)本申请中的单元是指功能单元或逻辑单元。其可以为软件形式,通过处理器执行程序代码来实现其功能;也可以为硬件形式。
5)“多个”是指两个或两个以上,其它量词与之类似。“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。“以上”或“以下”等所描述的范围包括边界点。
本领域技术人员可以理解,本申请实施例提供的通信方法可以应用于第5代网络(5th generation,5G)和LTE中的V2X业务中,图1为V2X业务的架构示意图,如图1所示,V2X业务包括V2I业务、V2N业务、V2P业务和V2V业务,其中,V2X业务可以通过PC5接口或者Uu口进行传输。
可选的,本申请实施例中的第一制式的V2X业务可以为LTE V2X业务,也可以为NR V2X业务,相应的,第二制式的V2X业务可以为NR V2X业务,也可以为LTE V2X业务。可选的,第一制式的V2X和第二制式的V2X也可以为无线保真(wireless fidelity;WIFI),不同制式还可以是采用不同的频谱资源、不同的编解码技术、不同的子载波间隔、不同的发送时间(transmission timing)、不同的CP长度、不同的调制解调技术,或者不同的发送时间间隔的接入技术。
本申请实施例中以第一制式的V2X业务为LTE V2X业务,第二制式的V2X业务为NR V2X业务为例进行说明,对于第一制式的V2X业务和第二制式的V2X业务为其他支持V2X业务的V2X技术时,具体的通信方式可以与第一制式的V2X业务为LTE V2X业务、第二制 式的V2X业务为NR V2X业务时的通信方式类似,此处不再赘述。
图2a和图2b为LTE系统和NR系统中V2X业务的数据传输示意图,图2a示出了通过LTE基站(eNB)管理LTE和NR V2X边缘连接(sidelink)资源的情况。其中,V2X业务可以通过Uu口进行eNB和第一终端设备之间数据的传输,然后经由网络侧与第二终端设备实现V2X业务的传输;也可以通过第一终端设备和第二终端设备之间的LTE PC5接口和/或NR PC5接口直接进行数据传输。
图2b示出了通过NR基站(gNB)管理LTE和NR V2X边缘连接(sidelink)资源的情况。其中,V2X业务可以通过Uu口进行gNB和第一终端设备之间数据的传输,然后经由网络侧与第二终端设备实现V2X业务的传输,也可以通过第一终端设备和第二终端设备之间的LTE PC5接口和/或NR PC5接口直接进行数据传输。
其中,上述的V2X业务例如可以为IP、non-IP、V2V、V2I、V2N、V2P、服务提供商标识(provider service identifier,PSID)或智能运输系统应用标识符(intelligent transport systems application identifier;ITS-AID)。
在图1、图2a和图2b所示的系统架构的基础上,本申请实施例提出一种通信方法,第一终端设备通过从网络设备接收第一制式的V2X的边缘连接配置和第二制式的V2X的边缘连接配置,并根据第一制式的V2X的边缘连接配置和第二制式的V2X的边缘连接配置,获取传输数据所用的V2X边缘连接资源,然后在该V2X边缘连接资源上与第二终端设备进行通信。由于第一终端设备可以从网络设备获取第一制式的V2X的边缘连接配置和第二制式的V2X的边缘连接配置,从而可以根据上述两种配置从第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源和/或第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源中确定传输数据所用的V2X边缘连接资源,从而根据确定出的V2X边缘连接资源与第二终端设备进行V2X业务通信,这样,将可以保证同一个终端设备能够获得第一制式的V2X服务和第二制式的V2X服务。
图3为本申请通信方法的一种信令流程图。在上述图1、图2a和图2b所示系统架构的基础上,如图3所示,本实施例的方法可以包括:
步骤301、网络设备向第一终端设备发送第一制式的V2X的边缘连接配置和/或第二制式的V2X的边缘连接配置。
在本实施例中,网络设备可以为第一制式对应的基站,也可以为第二制式对应的基站,即由一种制式下的基站统一管理第一制式的V2X的边缘连接(sidelink)和第二制式的V2X的边缘连接(sidelink)。
网络设备可以通过广播的方式,也可以通过专用信令的方式,将第一制式的V2X的边缘连接(sidelink)配置和/或第二制式的V2X的边缘连接(sidelink)配置发送给第一终端设备。其中,网络设备在通过专用信令的方式向第一终端设备发送第一制式的V2X的边缘连接(sidelink)配置和/或第二制式的V2X的边缘连接(sidelink)配置时,通常会在本地先生成第一制式的V2X的边缘连接(sidelink)配置和/或第二制式的V2X的边缘连接(sidelink)配置,然后再通过高层信令进行发送。
示例性的,在一种可能的实现方式中,网络设备在发送第一制式的V2X的边缘连接配置和/或第二制式的V2X的边缘连接配置时,先获取第一终端设备支持第一制式的V2X业务和第二制式的V2X业务的信息、第一终端设备的授权信息和边缘连接(sidelink)聚合最大比特速率(aggregate maximum bit rate;AMBR)中的至少一个,例如获取第一终端设备支持第一制式的V2X业务的信息、支持第二制式的V2X业务的信息、第一终端设备的授权信息和边缘连接(sidelink)AMBR中的任意一个信息,或者也可以获取第一终端设备支持第一制式的V2X业务的信息、支持第二制式的V2X业务的信息、第一终端设备的授权信息和边缘连接(sidelink)AMBR中的任意两个信息,还可以获取第一终端设备支持第一制式的V2X业务的信息、支持第二制式的V2X业务的信息、第一终端设备的授权信息和边缘连接(sidelink)AMBR中的任意三个信息。示例性的,网络设备还可以获取第一终端设备支持第一制式的V2X业务的信息、支持第二制式的V2X业务的信息、第一终端设备的授权信息 和边缘连接(sidelink)AMBR中的全部信息。
然后,网络设备将可以根据第一终端设备支持第一制式的V2X业务和第二制式的V2X业务的信息、第一终端设备的授权信息和边缘连接(sidelink)AMBR中的至少一个,向第一终端设备发送第一制式的V2X的边缘连接配置和/或第二制式的V2X的边缘连接配置。
其中,边缘连接(sidelink)AMBR可以包括第一制式的V2X中的第一边缘连接(sidelink)AMBR和第二制式的V2X中的第二边缘连接(sidelink)AMBR。示例性的,授权信息可以包括如下信息中的至少一个:第一终端设备是否被授权为第一制式的车辆(Vehicle)终端设备、所述第一终端设备是否被授权为第一制式的手持(Pedestrian)终端设备、所述第一终端设备是否被授权为第二制式的车辆(Vehicle)终端设备和所述第一终端设备是否被授权为第二制式的手持(Pedestrian)终端设备。所述第一终端设备先获取第一终端设备支持第一制式的V2X业务和第二制式的V2X业务的信息,具体的可以是第一终端设备支持第一制式的V2X业务和第二制式的V2X业务的能力指示信息。
可选的,网络设备也可以向第一终端设备广播其对V2X的支持情况,其中,网络设备对V2X业务的支持情况可以包括以下中任一种,两种或全部:网络设备只支持第一制式的V2X业务、网络设备只支持第二制式的V2X业务,或者网络设备同时支持第一制式的V2X业务和第二制式的V2X业务。这时,第一终端设备可以选择一个与自己能力匹配的基站进行驻留或接入。例如如果第一终端设备同时支持第一制式的V2X业务和第二制式的V2X业务,则第一终端设备在同等条件下可以选择一个同时支持第一制式的V2X业务和第二制式的V2X业务的网络设备进行接入。接入之后,第一终端设备会向网络设备发送第一终端设备支持第一制式的V2X业务和第二制式的V2X业务的信息。
可选的,当第一终端设备在核心网设备进行注册鉴权时,核心网设备会向网络设备发送第一终端设备的授权信息,或者核心网设备会向网络设备发送边缘连接(sidelink)AMBR,或者,核心网设备会向网络设备发送第一终端设备的授权信息和边缘连接(sidelink)AMBR。
进一步地,对于第一终端设备支持第一制式的V2X业务和第二制式的V2X业务的信息、第一终端设备的授权信息和边缘连接(sidelink)AMBR,网络设备也可以在切换场景中从源基站或核心网设备中获得。可选的,在双连接DC场景下,网络设备还可以从主基站中获得上述信息。
进一步地,网络设备在根据第一终端设备支持第一制式的V2X业务和第二制式的V2X业务的信息,确认第一终端设备支持第一制式的V2X业务和支持第二制式的V2X业务,并确认第一终端设备被授权后,则可以为第一终端设备配置第一制式的V2X的边缘连接配置和/或第二制式的V2X的边缘连接配置。
其中,以第一制式为LTE,第二制式为NR为例,第一制式的V2X的边缘连接配置包括如下信息中的至少一种:LTE V2X sidelink发送资源信息、LTE V2X sidelink接收资源信息、LTE V2X sidelink发送功率、LTE V2X sidelink调制与编码策略(modulation and coding scheme;MCS)、LTE边缘连接车-所有无线网络临时标识(sidelink-V2X-radio network temporary identifier;SL-V-RNTI)、LTE V2X同步类型、和LTE V2X同步配置。第二制式的V2X的边缘连接配置包括如下信息中的至少一种:NR V2X sidelink接收资源信息、NR V2X sidelink发送资源信息、NR V2X sidelink发送功率、NR V2X sidelink MCS、NR SL-V-RNTI、NR V2X同步类型和NR V2X同步配置。
可选的,第一V2X边缘连接和第二V2X边缘连接使用相同的V2X同步类型和SL-V-RNTI。
示例性的,由于LTE V2X sidelink和NR V2X sidelink都是由网络设备管理,LTE和NR V2X sidelink的部分配置可以相同,例如SL-V-RNTI和V2X同步类型可以是共用的配置,即不对SL-V-RNTI和V2X同步类型区分LTE和NR进行配置。
由于第一V2X边缘连接和第二V2X边缘连接使用相同的V2X同步类型和SL-V-RNTI,这样可以简化第一V2X边缘连接配置和第二V2X边缘连接配置。
此时的第一制式的V2X的边缘连接配置和第二制式的V2X的边缘连接配置可以包括LTE V2X sidelink发送资源信息、LTE V2X sidelink接收资源信息、LTE V2X sidelink发送功率、LTE V2X sidelink MCS、LTE V2X同步配置、NR V2X sidelink接收资源信息、NR V2X sidelink发送资源信息、NR V2X sidelink发送功率、NR V2X sidelink MCS、NR V2X同步配置和公共的SL-V-RNTI、公共的同步类型。
步骤302、第一终端设备根据第一制式的V2X的边缘连接配置和/或第二制式的V2X的边缘连接配置,获取传输数据所用的V2X边缘连接资源。
在本实施例中,第一终端设备在接收到网络设备发送的第一制式的V2X的边缘连接配置和/或第二制式的V2X的边缘连接配置后,可以从第一制式的V2X的边缘连接配置包括的第一制式的V2X边缘连接的可用资源,以及第二制式的V2X的边缘连接配置包括的第二制式的V2X边缘连接的可用资源中,选择第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源来传输数据,或者选择第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源来传输数据,或者选择第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源和第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源来传输数据;第一终端设备也可以根据第一制式的V2X的边缘连接配置和第二制式的V2X的边缘连接配置向网络设备请求第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源和/或第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源来传输数据。
也即,第一终端设备获取传输数据所用的V2X边缘连接资源的方式,可以是第一终端设备自身确定V2X边缘连接资源,也可以是第一终端设备接收网络设备分配的V2X边缘连接资源。
下面,将对第一终端设备获取传输数据所用的V2X边缘连接资源的方式,进行示例性说明。
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一终端设备获取传输数据所用的V2X边缘连接资源,包括:第一终端设备接收网络设备广播的第一消息,该第一消息中可以包括如下中的任一种,任两种或全部:区域的标识、该区域对应的第一制式的V2X的边缘连接配置和第二制式的V2X的边缘连接配置,第一制式的V2X的边缘连接配置包括第一制式的V2X边缘连接的可用资源,第二制式的V2X的边缘连接配置包括第二制式的V2X边缘连接的可用资源;根据第一终端设备当前所属区域,第一终端设备从所属区域对应的第一制式的V2X边缘连接的可用资源中选择至少一个可用资源和/或从第二制式的V2X边缘连接的可用资源中选择至少一个可用资源。
示例性的,第一消息中可以仅包括区域的标识、区域对应的第一制式的V2X的边缘连接配置和第二制式的V2X的边缘连接配置中的任一个,也可以包括区域的标识、所述区域对应的所述第一制式的V2X的边缘连接配置和所述第二制式的V2X的边缘连接配置中的任两个,如第一消息中包括区域的标识和区域对应的第一制式的V2X的边缘连接配置,或者第一消息中包括区域的标识和区域对应的所述第二制式的V2X的边缘连接配置,或者第一消息中包括区域对应的第一制式的V2X的边缘连接配置和区域对应的第二制式的V2X的边缘连接配置。或者,第一消息中还可以同时包括区域的标识、区域对应的第一制式的V2X的边缘连接配置和第二制式的V2X的边缘连接配置。
示例性的,V2X业务可以通过PC5接口进行传输,通过PC5接口的通信模式可以进一步分为两种:mode3模式和mode4模式。其中,mode3模式是终端设备每次进行数据发送时都需要向网络设备请求资源,mode4模式是从网络设备分配的公共资源中竞争资源继续发送,其中,公共资源可以是跟位置相关的,也可以是网络设备通过专用信令给终端设备分配的,与位置无关的资源。
可选的,为了支持mode4模式,网络设备可以在小区中广播第一消息,其中,该第一消息中包括有一个或多个区域的标识、该区域对应的第一制式的V2X的边缘连接配置和第二制式的V2X的边缘连接配置。其中,第一制式的V2X的边缘连接配置包括有第一制式的V2X边缘连接的可用资源,第二制式的V2X的边缘连接配置包括有第二制式的V2X边缘连接的可用资源。当第一终端设备确定自身所处的区域时,可以在该区域对应的可用资源中 选择资源进行数据传输。示例性的,所述第一终端设备可以选择第一制式的V2X边缘连接的可用资源中的至少一个资源作为V2X边缘连接资源,以用于传输数据,或者也可以选择第二制式的V2X边缘连接的可用资源中的至少一个资源作为V2X边缘连接资源,以用于传输数据,或者还可以选择第一制式的V2X边缘连接的可用资源中的至少一个,以及第二制式的V2X边缘连接的可用资源中的至少一个资源作为V2X边缘连接资源,以用于传输数据。可选的,所述第一终端设备同时选择第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源和第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源进行数据传输的时候,可以在进行重复(duplication)操作,即在第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源和第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源发相同的数据或信令。
示例性的,网络设备会针对区域广播多个可用资源,第一终端设备从网络设备广播的多个可用资源中选择一个或者多个可用资源,例如,第一终端设备在做载波聚合(carrier aggregation;CA)时,可以选择两个或多个可用资源。
在上述方案中,网络设备在向第一终端设备广播消息时,可以向第一终端设备提供两种制式的V2X的边缘连接配置,这样,第一终端设备可以在空闲态时获得两种制式的V2X的边缘连接配置,从而在空闲态时也可以获得第一制式的V2X服务和第二制式的V2X服务。
可选的,网络设备向第一终端设备广播的第一消息中,可以同时包括两种不同制式的V2X的边缘连接配置以及指示信息用于指示支持第一制式的V2X业务和第二制式的V2X业务,可选的,第一消息中可以仅包括第一制式的V2X的边缘连接配置和第二制式的V2X的边缘连接配置,此时,第一终端设备在接收到上述配置后,可以根据该配置确定所述网络支持第一制式的V2X业务和第二制式的V2X业务。例如:若第一消息中包括第一制式的V2X sidelink发送资源信息和第二制式的V2X sidelink发送资源信息,则第一终端设备即可确定出网络设备可以同时支持第一制式的V2X业务和第二制式的V2X业务,并且网络设备将会提供第一制式的V2X边缘连接sidelink的可用资源以及第二制式的V2X边缘连接sidelink的可用资源。可选的,网络设备也可以只广播一种V2X的边缘连接配置,或者一种V2X的边缘连接配置和支持一种V2X业务的指示信息。所述一种V2X业务可以是第一制式的V2X业务,也可以是第二制式的V2X业务。
可选的,考虑到接入网(Radio Access Network;RAN)共享场景,此时上述的网络设备广播的信息与公共陆地移动网络(public land mobile network;PLMN)相对应,比如,当第一终端设备支持多个PLMN时,可以有多套上述网络设备广播的信息与每个PLMN对应。
进一步地,第一终端设备在获取V2X边缘连接资源时,也可以先获取第二终端设备支持第一制式的V2X业务和第二制式的V2X业务的信息,然后根据第二终端设备支持第一制式的V2X业务和第二制式的V2X业务的信息,选择V2X边缘连接资源。
示例性的,第一终端设备在选择V2X边缘连接资源之前,先获知第二终端设备是否能够支持第一制式的V2X业务、是否能够支持第二制式的V2X业务或者是否能够同时支持第一制式的V2X业务和第二制式的V2X业务。在一种实现过程中,第一终端设备可以通过V2X控制功能(control function)获得,也可以从网络设备中获得,还可以通过第一终端设备中安装的应用程序(application;APP)获得。
示例性的,第一终端设备可以从网络设备中获得所述第二终端设备支持第一制式的V2X业务和第二制式的V2X业务的信息,一种实现方式包括,所述第一终端设备向所述网络设备发送所述第二终端设备的标识,所述网络设备根据所述第二终端设备的标识获取所述第二终端设备支持第一制式的V2X业务和第二制式的V2X业务的信息,并发送给所述第一终端设备。
在第一终端设备获知第二终端设备能够同时支持第一制式的V2X业务和第二制式的V2X业务时,再根据上述方式选择V2X边缘连接资源。
可选的,若第一终端设备获知第二终端设备仅能够支持第一制式的V2X业务,则相应的,第一终端设备可以选择第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源,或者,若第一终端设备获知第二终端设备仅能够支持第二制式的V2X业务,则相应的,第一终端设备可以选择第二制式 的V2X边缘连接资源。
在另一种可能的实现方式中,第一终端设备获取传输数据所用的V2X边缘连接资源,包括:第一终端设备向网络设备发送第二消息,第二消息中携带有至少一种用于指示网络制式的信息,该第一终端设备接收网络设备根据网络制式发送的V2X边缘连接资源。
示例性的,为了支持mode3模式,第一终端设备在每次进行数据发送之前,都需要向网络设备请求资源。其中,第一终端设备会向网络设备发送第二消息,该第二消息中包括有用于指示sidelink无线接入技术(radio access technology;RAT)类型(type)的信息,如用于指示是第一制式还是第二制式,或者用于同时指示第一制式和第二制式。
网络设备在接收到第一终端设备发送的第二消息后,将根据第二消息中携带的用于指示网络制式的信息,确定V2X边缘连接资源,并将V2X边缘连接资源发送给第一终端设备。例如:若第二消息中携带有用于指示第一制式的信息,则网络设备将确定V2X边缘连接资源为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源,若第二消息中携带有用于指示第二制式的信息,则网络设备将确定V2X边缘连接资源为第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源,若第二消息中携带有用于指示第一制式的信息和第二制式的信息,则网络设备将确定V2X边缘连接资源为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源和第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源。
示例性的,第二消息可以是调度报告(scheduling report;SR)或者缓冲状态报告(buffer status report;BSR),第一终端设备在上报SR或BSR时,可以在SR或BSR中携带至少一种用于指示网络制式的信息。针对半静态调度(semi-persistent scheduling;SPS)配置,第二消息可以是终端设备辅助信息(UE Assistence Information),第一终端设备在向网络设备发送UE Assistence Information消息时,在UE Assistence Information消息中携带业务模型的同时,携带至少一种用于指示网络制式的信息,其中,所述半静态配置也可以称为预配置调度(configured grant)配置,可以是类型1,也可以是类型2。所述终端设备辅助信息消息用于请求网络侧分配预配置调度资源。
由于第一终端设备可以向网络设备发送用于指示网络制式的信息,这样,网络设备将根据该网络制式向第一终端设备发送V2X边缘连接资源,由此第一终端设备将会根据实际需求获得对应的V2X边缘连接资源。
进一步地,网络设备在向第一终端设备分配V2X边缘连接资源时,也可以结合第二终端设备支持第一制式的V2X业务和第二制式的V2X业务的信息进行分配。示例性的,网络设备会接收第一终端设备发送的第二终端设备的设备标识,网络设备将根据该设备标识获取第二终端设备支持第一制式的V2X业务和第二制式的V2X业务的信息,并根据第二终端设备支持第一制式的V2X业务和第二制式的V2X业务的信息,确定V2X边缘连接资源,从而使得确定出的V2X边缘连接资源更加合理。
在再一种可能的实现方式中,第一终端设备获取传输数据所用的V2X边缘连接资源,包括:第一终端设备接收网络设备发送的配置规则,该配置规则包括如下信息中的任一种,任两种,任三种或全部:V2X的业务类型和资源之间的映射关系,服务质量(quality of service;Qos)参数与资源之间的映射关系,服务质量QoS参数门限值,以及边缘连接的质量门限值;其中,边缘连接的质量门限值包括第一制式的V2X边缘连接的质量门限值和/或第二制式的V2X边缘连接的质量门限值,该第一终端设备根据上述配置规则,确定V2X边缘连接资源。
示例性的,网络设备可以向第一终端设备下发配置规则,这样,第一终端设备将可以根据该配置规则,获取传输数据所用的V2X边缘连接资源。其中,配置规则可以包括上述信息中的任一种,任两种,任三种或全部,例如:配置规则可以包括V2X的业务类型和资源之间的映射关系以及边缘连接的质量门限值,此时,第一终端设备测量LTE/NR V2X sidelink CBR,当满足门限值的时候,执行网络设备配置的业务类型或QoS参数和资源之间的映射关系。
示例性的,上述资源可以为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源、或者可以为第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源,也可以为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源和第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源。
示例性的,上述服务质量Qos参数可以包括如下信息中的任一个,任两个或者全部:单个包优先级(prose per packet priority,PPPP)、单个包可靠性(prose per packet reliability,PPPR)服务质量流指示(QoS flow indicator;QFI)。其中,服务质量流指示也可以是5QI(5G QoS Indentifier)或者优先级等级(priority level)。
示例性的,上述边缘连接的质量参数可以包括信道繁忙率(Channel Busy Ratio;CBR)。
其中,在配置规则包括V2X的业务类型和资源之间的映射关系时,第一终端设备将根据需要传输的V2X的业务类型,获取与所要传输的V2X的业务类型对应的V2X边缘连接资源。示例性的,不同V2X的业务类型会由不同制式的V2X边缘连接资源提供服务。例如:第一V2X的业务对应第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源,第二V2X的业务对应第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源,在第一终端设备需要传输的是第一V2X的业务时,第一终端设备将获取第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源,在第一终端设备需要传输的是第二V2X的业务时,第一终端设备将获取第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源,在第一终端设备需要同时传输第一V2X的业务和第二V2X的业务时,第一终端设备将获取第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源和第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源。
由于第一终端设备在接收到网络设备发送的配置规则后,可以根据该配置规则确定V2X边缘连接资源,这样,第一终端设备根据获取到的V2X边缘连接资源,能够获得第一制式的V2X服务和第二制式的V2X服务。
可选的,配置规则包括服务质量QoS参数与资源之间的映射关系时,示例性的,网络设备可以将QoS参数与资源之间的对应关系配置给第一终端设备,所述QoS参数包括单个包优先级(prose per packet priority,PPPP)、单个包可靠性(prose per packet reliability,PPPR)、服务质量流指示(QoS flow indicator;QFI)中的至少一种,所述资源包括第一V2X边缘连接资源和第二V2X边缘连接资源。网络设备将QoS参数与资源之间的对应关系配置给第一终端设备,可选的,还可以是把QoS参数、资源与逻辑信道组(logical channel group,LCG)三者之间的对应关系配给第一终端设备。第一终端设备接收到上述配置之后,当有V2X业务数据到达时,获取所述V2X业务数据的QoS参数,按照网络设备配置的所述配置规则,将相应数据映射到对应的LCG。在BSR上报的时候,只携带LCG信息,此时网络设备基于给第一终端设备发送的配置规则能够知道需要为所述LCG的数据分配的资源,即第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源和/或第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源。第一终端设备收到网络设备分配的第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源和/或第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源,根据资源与逻辑信道组之间的对应关系,将第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源和/或第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源用于发送对应LCG上缓存的V2X业务数据。
可选的,在配置规则包括服务质量Qos参数门限值,且服务质量Qos参数门限值包括单个包优先级(prose per packet priority,PPPP)第一门限值和/或单个包可靠性(prose per packet reliability,PPPR)第一门限值时,第一终端设备根据配置规则,确定V2X边缘连接资源的方式,满足如下中任意一种:
第一终端设备的待发送数据包的PPPP大于或大于等于PPPP第一门限值,和/或,待发送数据包的PPPR大于或大于等于PPPR第一门限值,则确定V2X边缘连接资源为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源。
示例性的,第一终端设备的待发送数据包会有对应的PPPP和/或PPPR,若所述待发送数据包的PPPP大于或大于等于PPPP第一门限值,则确定V2X边缘连接资源为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源,或者所述待发送数据包的PPPR大于或大于等于PPPR第一门限值,则确定V2X边缘连接资源为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源,或者所述待发送数据包的PPPP大于或大于等于PPPP第一门限值,且所述待发送数据包的PPPR大于或大于等于PPPR第一门限值,则确定V2X边缘连接资源为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源。
按照现有标准,PPPP的取值越小,代表所述待发送数据包的优先级越高。假设PPPR是取值越小,代表所述待发送数据的可靠性要求越高,且认为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资 源可以用于优先级较低和/或可靠性要求较低的数据传输,则在待发送数据包的PPPP大于或大于等于PPPP第一门限值,和/或,待发送数据包的PPPR大于或大于等于PPPR第一门限值时,确定V2X边缘连接资源为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源,这样,能够让终端设备选择到合适的V2X资源用来满足数据包的QoS要求。
第一终端设备的待发送数据包的PPPP大于或大于等于PPPP第一门限值,和/或,待发送数据包的PPPR大于或大于等于PPPR第一门限值,则确定V2X边缘连接资源为第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源。
示例性的,第一终端设备的待发送数据包会有对应的PPPP和/或PPPR,若所述待发送数据包的PPPP大于或大于等于PPPP第一门限值,则确定V2X边缘连接资源为第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源,或者所述待发送数据包的PPPR大于或大于等于PPPR第一门限值,则确定V2X边缘连接资源为第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源,或者所述待发送数据包的PPPP大于或大于等于PPPP第一门限值,且所述待发送数据包的PPPR大于或大于等于PPPR第一门限值,则确定V2X边缘连接资源为第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源。
按照现有标准,PPPP的取值越小,代表所述待发送数据包的优先级越高。假设PPPR是取值越小,代表所述待发送数据的可靠性要求越高,且认为第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源可以用于优先级较低和/或可靠性要求较低的数据传输,则在待发送数据包的PPPP大于或大于等于PPPP第一门限值,和/或,待发送数据包的PPPR大于或大于等于PPPR第一门限值时,确定V2X边缘连接资源为第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源,这样,能够让终端设备选择到合适的V2X资源用来满足数据包的QoS要求。
第一终端设备的待发送数据包的PPPP大于或大于等于PPPP第一门限值,和/或,待发送数据包的PPPR小于或小于等于PPPR第一门限值,则确定V2X边缘连接资源为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源。
示例性的,第一终端设备的待发送数据包会有对应的PPPP和/或PPPR,若所述待发送数据包的PPPP大于或大于等于PPPP第一门限值,则确定V2X边缘连接资源为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源,或者所述待发送数据包的PPPR小于或小于等于PPPR第一门限值,则确定V2X边缘连接资源为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源,或者所述待发送数据包的PPPP大于或大于等于PPPP第一门限值,且待发送数据包的PPPR小于或小于等于PPPR第一门限值,则确定V2X边缘连接资源为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源。
按照现有标准,PPPP的取值越小,代表所述待发送数据包的优先级越高。假设PPPR是取值越大,代表所述待发送数据的可靠性要求越高,且认为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源可以用于优先级较低和/或可靠性要求较低的数据传输,则在待发送数据包的PPPP大于或大于等于PPPP第一门限值,和/或,待发送数据包的PPPR小于或小于等于PPPR第一门限值时,确定V2X边缘连接资源为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源,这样,能够让终端设备选择到合适的V2X资源用来满足数据包的QoS要求。
第一终端设备的待发送数据包的PPPP大于或大于等于PPPP第一门限值,和/或,待发送数据包的PPPR小于或小于等于PPPR第一门限值,则确定V2X边缘连接资源为第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源。
示例性的,第一终端设备的待发送数据包会有对应的PPPP和/或PPPR,若所述待发送数据包的PPPP大于或大于等于PPPP第一门限值,则确定V2X边缘连接资源为第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源,或者所述待发送数据包的PPPR小于或小于等于PPPR第一门限值,则确定V2X边缘连接资源为第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源,或者所述待发送数据包的PPPP大于或大于等于PPPP第一门限值,且待发送数据包的PPPR小于或小于等于PPPR第一门限值,则确定V2X边缘连接资源为第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源。
按照现有标准,PPPP的取值越小,代表所述待发送数据包的优先级越高。假设PPPR是取值越大,代表所述待发送数据的可靠性要求越高,且认为第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源可以用于优先级较低和/或可靠性要求较低的数据传输,则在待发送数据包的PPPP大于 或大于等于PPPP第一门限值,和/或,待发送数据包的PPPR小于或小于等于PPPR第一门限值时,确定V2X边缘连接资源为第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源,这样,能够让终端设备选择到合适的V2X资源用来满足数据包的QoS要求。
第一终端设备的待发送数据包的PPPP小于或小于等于所述PPPP第一门限值,和/或,待发送数据包的PPPR小于或小于等于PPPR第一门限值,则确定V2X边缘连接资源为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源。
示例性的,第一终端设备的待发送数据包会有对应的PPPP和/或PPPR,若所述待发送数据包的PPPP小于或小于等于PPPP第一门限值,则确定V2X边缘连接资源为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源,或者所述待发送数据包的PPPR小于或小于等于PPPR第一门限值,则确定V2X边缘连接资源为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源,或者所述待发送数据包的PPPP小于或小于等于PPPP第一门限值,且待发送数据包的PPPR小于或小于等于PPPR第一门限值,则确定V2X边缘连接资源为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源。
按照现有标准,PPPP的取值越小,代表所述待发送数据包的优先级越高。假设PPPR是取值越小,代表所述待发送数据的可靠性要求越高,且认为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源可以用于优先级较高和/或可靠性要求较高的数据传输,则在待发送数据包的PPPP小于或小于等于所述PPPP第一门限值,和/或,待发送数据包的PPPR小于或小于等于PPPR第一门限值时,确定V2X边缘连接资源为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源,这样,能够让终端设备选择到合适的V2X资源用来满足数据包的QoS要求。
第一终端设备的待发送数据包的PPPP小于或小于等于PPPP第一门限值,和/或,待发送数据包的PPPR小于或小于等于PPPR第一门限值,则确定V2X边缘连接资源为第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源。
示例性的,第一终端设备的待发送数据包会有对应的PPPP和/或PPPR,若所述待发送数据包的PPPP小于或小于等于PPPP第一门限值,则确定V2X边缘连接资源为第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源,或者所述待发送数据包的PPPR小于或小于等于PPPR第一门限值,则确定V2X边缘连接资源为第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源,或者所述待发送数据包的PPPP小于或小于等于PPPP第一门限值,且待发送数据包的PPPR小于或小于等于PPPR第一门限值,则确定V2X边缘连接资源为第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源。
按照现有标准,PPPP的取值越小,代表所述待发送数据包的优先级越高。假设PPPR是取值越小,代表所述待发送数据的可靠性要求越高,且认为第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源可以用于优先级较高和/或可靠性要求较高的数据传输,则在待发送数据包的PPPP小于或小于等于所述PPPP第一门限值,和/或,待发送数据包的PPPR小于或小于等于PPPR第一门限值时,确定V2X边缘连接资源为第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源,这样,能够让终端设备选择到合适的V2X资源用来满足数据包的QoS要求。
第一终端设备的待发送数据包的PPPP小于或小于等于PPPP第一门限值,和/或,待发送数据包的PPPR大于或大于等于PPPR第一门限值,则确定V2X边缘连接资源为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源。
示例性的,第一终端设备的待发送数据包会有对应的PPPP和/或PPPR,若所述待发送数据包的PPPP小于或小于等于PPPP第一门限值,则确定V2X边缘连接资源为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源,或者所述待发送数据包的PPPR大于或大于等于PPPR第一门限值,则确定V2X边缘连接资源为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源,或者所述待发送数据包的PPPP小于或小于等于PPPP第一门限值,且待发送数据包的PPPR大于或大于等于PPPR第一门限值,则确定V2X边缘连接资源为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源。
按照现有标准,PPPP的取值越小,代表所述待发送数据包的优先级越高。假设PPPR是取值越大,代表所述待发送数据的可靠性要求越高,且认为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源可以用于优先级较高和/或可靠性要求较高的数据传输,则在待发送数据包的PPPP小于或小于等于PPPP第一门限值,和/或,待发送数据包的PPPR大于或大于等于PPPR第一门限 值时,确定V2X边缘连接资源为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源,这样,能够让终端设备选择到合适的V2X资源用来满足数据包的QoS要求。
第一终端设备的待发送数据包的PPPP小于或小于等于PPPP第一门限值,和/或,待发送数据包的PPPR大于或大于等于PPPR第一门限值,则确定V2X边缘连接资源为第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源。
示例性的,第一终端设备的待发送数据包会有对应的PPPP和/或PPPR,若所述待发送数据包的PPPP小于或小于等于PPPP第一门限值,则确定V2X边缘连接资源为第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源,或者所述待发送数据包的PPPR大于或大于等于PPPR第一门限值,则确定V2X边缘连接资源为第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源,或者所述待发送数据包的PPPP小于或小于等于PPPP第一门限值,且待发送数据包的PPPR大于或大于等于PPPR第一门限值,则确定V2X边缘连接资源为第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源。
按照现有标准,PPPP的取值越小,代表所述待发送数据包的优先级越高。假设PPPR是取值越大,代表所述待发送数据的可靠性要求越高,且认为第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源可以用于优先级较高和/或可靠性要求较高的数据传输,则在待发送数据包的PPPP小于或小于等于PPPP第一门限值,和/或,待发送数据包的PPPR大于或大于等于PPPR第一门限值时,确定V2X边缘连接资源为第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源,这样,能够让终端设备选择到合适的V2X资源用来满足数据包的QoS要求。
进一步地,若服务质量QoS参数门限值还包括PPPP第二门限值和/或PPPR第二门限值时,第一终端设备根据根据配置规则,确定V2X边缘连接资源的方式,满足如下中任意一种:
第一终端设备的待发送数据包的PPPP小于或小于等于PPPP第二门限值,和/或,待发送数据包的PPPR大于或大于等于PPPR第一门限值,则确定V2X边缘连接资源为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源和第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源。
示例性的,第一终端设备的待发送数据包会有对应的PPPP和/或PPPR,若所述待发送数据包的PPPP小于或小于等于PPPP第二门限值,则确定V2X边缘连接资源为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源和第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源,或者所述待发送数据包的PPPR大于或大于等于PPPR第一门限值,则确定V2X边缘连接资源为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源和第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源,或者所述待发送数据包的PPPP小于或小于等于PPPP第二门限值,且待发送数据包的PPPR大于或大于等于PPPR第一门限值,则确定V2X边缘连接资源为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源和第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源。
按照现有标准,PPPP的取值越小,代表所述待发送数据包的优先级越高。假设PPPR是取值越大,代表所述待发送数据的可靠性要求越高,且认为同时使用第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源和第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源进行传输可以满足数据高优先级和/或高可靠性要求,则在待发送数据包的PPPP小于或小于等于PPPP第二门限值,和/或,待发送数据包的PPPR大于或大于等于PPPR第一门限值时,确定V2X边缘连接资源为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源和第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源,这样,在终端设备有高优先级和/或高可靠性要求的数据待传输时,可以让终端设备获得相应的V2X边缘连接资源用于满足数据包的QoS要求。
所述第一终端设备的待发送数据包的PPPP小于或小于等于所述PPPP第二门限值,和/或,所述待发送数据包的PPPR小于或小于等于所述PPPR第一门限值,则确定所述V2X边缘连接资源为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源和第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源。
示例性的,第一终端设备的待发送数据包会有对应的PPPP和/或PPPR,若所述待发送数据包的PPPP小于或小于等于PPPP第二门限值,则确定V2X边缘连接资源为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源和第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源,或者所述待发送数据包的PPPR小于或小于等于PPPR第一门限值,则确定V2X边缘连接资源为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源和第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源,或者所述待发送数据包的PPPP小于或小于等于PPPP第二门限 值,且待发送数据包的PPPR小于或小于等于PPPR第一门限值,则确定V2X边缘连接资源为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源和第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源。
按照现有标准,PPPP的取值越小,代表所述待发送数据包的优先级越高。假设PPPR是取值越小,代表所述待发送数据的可靠性要求越高,且认为同时使用第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源和第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源进行传输可以满足数据高优先级和/或高可靠性要求,则在待发送数据包的PPPP小于或小于等于PPPP第二门限值,和/或,待发送数据包的PPPR小于或小于等于PPPR第一门限值时,确定V2X边缘连接资源为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源和第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源,这样,在终端设备有高优先级和/或高可靠性要求的数据待传输时,可以让终端设备获得相应的V2X边缘连接资源用于满足数据包的QoS要求。
可选的,在配置规则包括服务质量Qos参数门限值,且服务质量Qos参数门限值包括服务质量流指示(QoS flow indicator;QFI)第一门限值时,第一终端设备根据配置规则,确定V2X边缘连接资源的方式,满足如下中任意一种:
第一终端设备的待发送数据包的QFI大于或大于等于QFI第一门限值,则确定V2X边缘连接资源为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源。
示例性的,第一终端设备的待发送数据包会有对应的QFI,若所述待发送数据包的QFI大于或大于等于QFI第一门限值,则确定V2X边缘连接资源为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源。这样,如果QFI取值越小表示QoS要求越高,且认为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源可以用于QoS要求较低的数据的传输,则通过上述规则可以让终端设备为不同QoS要求的数据选择合适的V2X边缘连接资源进行传输。
第一终端设备的待发送数据包的QFI大于或大于等于QFI第一门限值,则确定V2X边缘连接资源为第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源。
示例性的,第一终端设备的待发送数据包会有对应的QFI,若所述待发送数据包的QFI大于或大于等于QFI第一门限值,则确定V2X边缘连接资源为第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源。这样,如果QFI取值越小表示QoS要求越高,且认为第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源可以用于QoS要求较低的数据的传输,则通过上述规则可以让终端设备为不同QoS要求的数据选择合适的V2X边缘连接资源进行传输。
第一终端设备的待发送数据包的QFI小于或小于等于QFI第一门限值,则确定V2X边缘连接资源为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源。
示例性的,第一终端设备的待发送数据包会有对应的QFI,若所述待发送数据包的QFI小于或小于等于QFI第一门限值,则确定V2X边缘连接资源为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源。这样,如果QFI取值越小表示QoS要求越高,且认为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源可以用于QoS要求较高的数据的传输,则通过上述规则可以让终端设备为不同QoS要求的数据选择合适的V2X边缘连接资源进行传输。
第一终端设备的待发送数据包的QFI小于或小于等于QFI第一门限值,则确定V2X边缘连接资源为第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源。
示例性的,第一终端设备的待发送数据包会有对应的QFI,若所述待发送数据包的QFI小于或小于等于QFI第一门限值,则确定V2X边缘连接资源为第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源。这样,如果QFI取值越小表示QoS要求越高,且认为第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源可以用于QoS要求较高的数据的传输,则通过上述规则可以让终端设备为不同QoS要求的数据选择合适的V2X边缘连接资源进行传输。
第一终端设备的待发送数据包的QFI大于或大于等于QFI第一门限值,则确定V2X边缘连接资源为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源。
示例性的,第一终端设备的待发送数据包会有对应的QFI,若所述待发送数据包的QFI大于或大于等于QFI第一门限值,则确定V2X边缘连接资源为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源。这样,如果QFI取值越大表示QoS要求越高,且认为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源可以 用于QoS要求较高的数据的传输,则通过上述规则可以让终端设备为不同QoS要求的数据选择合适的V2X边缘连接资源进行传输。
第一终端设备的待发送数据包的QFI大于或大于等于QFI第一门限值,则确定V2X边缘连接资源为第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源。
示例性的,第一终端设备的待发送数据包会有对应的QFI,若所述待发送数据包的QFI大于或大于等于QFI第一门限值,则确定V2X边缘连接资源为第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源。这样,如果QFI取值越大表示QoS要求越高,且认为第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源可以用于QoS要求较高的数据的传输,则通过上述规则可以让终端设备为不同QoS要求的数据选择合适的V2X边缘连接资源进行传输。
第一终端设备待发送数据包的QFI小于或小于等于QFI第一门限值,则确定V2X边缘连接资源为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源。
示例性的,第一终端设备的待发送数据包会有对应的QFI,若所述待发送数据包的QFI小于或小于等于QFI第一门限值,则确定V2X边缘连接资源为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源。这样,如果QFI取值越大表示QoS要求越高,且认为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源可以用于QoS要求较低的数据的传输,则通过上述规则可以让终端设备为不同QoS要求的数据选择合适的V2X边缘连接资源进行传输。
第一终端设备的待发送数据包的QFI小于或小于等于QFI第一门限值,则确定V2X边缘连接资源为第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源。
示例性的,第一终端设备的待发送数据包会有对应的QFI,若所述待发送数据包的QFI小于或小于等于QFI第一门限值,则确定V2X边缘连接资源为第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源。这样,如果QFI取值越大表示QoS要求越高,且认为第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源可以用于QoS要求较低的数据的传输,则通过上述规则可以让终端设备为不同QoS要求的数据选择合适的V2X边缘连接资源进行传输。
进一步地,在配置规则包括服务质量Qos参数门限值,且服务质量Qos参数门限值包括QFI第二门限值时,第一终端设备根据根据配置规则,确定V2X边缘连接资源的方式,满足如下中任意一种:
第一终端设备的待发送数据包的QFI大于或大于等于QFI第二门限值,则确定V2X边缘连接资源为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源和第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源。
示例性的,第一终端设备的待发送数据包会有对应的QFI,若所述待发送数据包的QFI大于或大于等于QFI第二门限值,则确定V2X边缘连接资源为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源和第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源。这样,如果QFI取值越大表示QoS要求越高,且认为同时使用第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源和第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源可以满足数据的高QoS要求,则可以通过上述方法为高QoS要求的数据选择合适的V2X边缘连接资源进行传输。
第一终端设备的待发送数据包的QFI小于或小于等于QFI第二门限值,则确定V2X边缘连接资源为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源和第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源。
示例性的,第一终端设备的待发送数据包会有对应的QFI,若所述待发送数据包的QFI小于或小于等于QFI第二门限值,则确定V2X边缘连接资源为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源和第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源。这样,如果QFI取值越小表示QoS要求越高,且认为同时使用第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源和第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源可以满足数据的高QoS要求,则可以通过上述方法为高QoS要求的数据选择合适的V2X边缘连接资源进行传输。
可选的,若配置规则包括边缘连接的质量门限值,所述边缘连接的质量门限值可以包括信道繁忙率(Channel Busy Ratio;CBR)第一门限值和/或CBR第二门限值,此时,第一终端设备根据配置规则,确定V2X边缘连接资源的方式,满足如下中任意一种:
第一终端设备测量到的第一制式的V2X边缘连接CBR大于或大于等于CRB第一门限值, 则确定V2X边缘连接资源为第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源。
示例性的,CRB第一门限值为第一制式的V2X边缘连接的CRB门限值,第一终端设备测量第一制式的V2X边缘连接的CBR,若确定出测量出的第一制式的V2X边缘连接CBR大于或大于等于第一制式的V2X边缘连接的CRB第一门限值,则确定V2X边缘连接资源为第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源。
由于在测量到的第一制式的V2X边缘连接CBR大于或大于等于CRB第一门限值,即第一制式的V2X边缘连接的信道处于忙碌状态,则确定V2X边缘连接资源为第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源,这样,可以让终端设备实时地选择更为空闲的V2X边缘连接资源传输数据。
第一终端设备测量到的第二制式的V2X边缘连接CBR小于或小于等于CRB第二门限值,则确定V2X边缘连接资源为第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源。
示例性的,CRB第二门限值为第二制式的V2X边缘连接的CRB门限值,第一终端设备测量第二制式的V2X边缘连接的CBR,若确定出测量出的第二制式的V2X边缘连接CBR小于或小于等于第二制式的V2X边缘连接的CRB第二门限值,则确定V2X边缘连接资源为第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源。
由于在测量到的第二制式的V2X边缘连接CBR小于或小于等于CRB第二门限值,即第二制式的V2X边缘连接的信道处于空闲状态,则确定V2X边缘连接资源为第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源,这样,可以让终端设备实时地选择更为空闲的V2X边缘连接资源传输数据。
第一终端设备测量到的第一制式的V2X边缘连接CBR大于或大于等于CRB第一门限值,且第一终端设备测量到的第二制式的V2X边缘连接CBR小于或小于等于CRB第二门限值,则确定V2X边缘连接资源为第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源。
示例性的,第一终端设备通过测量第一制式的V2X边缘连接CBR和第二制式的V2X边缘连接CBR,若确定出测量出的第一制式的V2X边缘连接CBR大于或大于等于CRB第一门限值,且第二制式的V2X边缘连接CBR小于或小于等于CRB第二门限值,则确定V2X边缘连接资源为第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源。
由于在测量到的第一制式的V2X边缘连接CBR大于或大于等于CRB第一门限值,且第一终端设备测量到的第二制式的V2X边缘连接CBR小于或小于等于CRB第二门限值时,即第一制式的V2X边缘连接的信道处于忙碌状态,同时第二制式的V2X边缘连接的信道处于空闲状态,则确定V2X边缘连接资源为第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源。这样,可以让终端设备实时地选择更为空闲的V2X边缘连接资源传输数据。
第一终端设备测量到的第一制式的V2X边缘连接CBR小于或小于等于CRB第一门限值,则确定V2X边缘连接资源为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源。
示例性的,CRB第一门限值为第一制式的V2X边缘连接的CRB门限值,第一终端设备测量第一制式的V2X边缘连接的CBR,若确定出测量出的第一制式的V2X边缘连接CBR小于或小于等于第一制式的V2X边缘连接的CRB第一门限值,则确定V2X边缘连接资源为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源。
由于在测量到的第一制式的V2X边缘连接CBR小于或小于等于CRB第一门限值,即第一制式的V2X边缘连接的信道处于空闲状态,则确定V2X边缘连接资源为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源,这样,可以让终端设备实时地选择更为空闲的V2X边缘连接资源传输数据。
第一终端设备测量到的第二制式的V2X边缘连接CBR大于或大于等于CRB第二门限值,则确定V2X边缘连接资源为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源。
示例性的,CRB第二门限值为第二制式的V2X边缘连接的CRB门限值,第一终端设备测量第二制式的V2X边缘连接的CBR,若确定出测量出的第二制式的V2X边缘连接CBR大于或大于等于第二制式的V2X边缘连接的CRB第二门限值,则确定V2X边缘连接资源为第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源。
由于在测量到的第二制式的V2X边缘连接CBR大于或大于等于CRB第二门限值,即第二制式的V2X边缘连接的信道处于忙碌状态,则确定V2X边缘连接资源为第一制式的V2X 边缘连接资源,这样,可以让终端设备实时地选择更为空闲的V2X边缘连接资源传输数据。
第一终端设备测量到的第一制式的V2X边缘连接CBR小于或小于等于CRB第一门限值,且第一终端设备测量到的第二制式的V2X边缘连接CBR大于或大于等于CRB第二门限值,则确定V2X边缘连接资源为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源。
示例性的,第一终端设备通过测量第一制式的V2X边缘连接CBR和第二制式的V2X边缘连接CBR,若确定出测量出的第一制式的V2X边缘连接CBR小于或小于等于CRB第一门限值,且第二制式的V2X边缘连接CBR大于或大于等于CRB第二门限值,则确定V2X边缘连接资源为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源。
由于在测量到的第一制式的V2X边缘连接CBR小于或小于等于CRB第一门限值,且第一终端设备测量到的第二制式的V2X边缘连接CBR大于或大于等于CRB第二门限值时,即第一制式的V2X边缘连接的信道处于空闲状态,同时第二制式的V2X边缘连接的信道处于忙碌状态,则确定V2X边缘连接资源为第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源。这样,可以让终端设备实时地选择更为空闲的V2X边缘连接资源传输数据。
可选的,服务质量Qos参数也可以为其他参数,如时延或速率等,第一终端设备也可以根据这些参数确定V2X边缘连接资源。边缘连接的质量门限值也可以是V2X边缘连接其他质量参数的门限值,不限于V2X边缘连接的CBR。
上述各获取V2X边缘连接资源的方式,能够使能网络设备基于空口或负载等信息实现更灵活的控制,此时第一终端设备在上报SR或BRS的时候,携带相应的PPPP/PPPR/业务类型或类似的QoS参数,网络设备在调度信息中指示分配的资源是第一制式的V2X sidelink资源还是第二制式的V2X sidelink资源。示例性的,针对SPS配置也类似的,第一终端设备在上报UE Assistence Information消息的时候,上报业务类型或PPPP/PPPR或相关业务QoS参数,由网络设备决策分配第一制式的V2X sidelink上的SPS资源还是第二制式的V2X sidelink的SPS资源,并在无线资源控制(radio resource control;RRC)配置中指示给第一终端设备。
可选的,上述的配置规则也可以是由核心网设备发送给第一终端设备的,还可以是第一终端设备内部的应用层产生,由应用层发送给第一终端设备的接入层(access stratum;AS)的。
示例性的,可以是核心网侧的V2X控制功能(control function)功能实体制定配置规则,然后通过非接入层(non-access stratum;NAS)消息或者通过RRC消息,或者通过用户面承载通知第一终端设备。
第一终端设备在根据网络设备发送的配置规则获取V2X边缘连接资源时,也可以先获取第二终端设备支持第一制式的V2X业务和第二制式的V2X业务的信息,然后根据第二终端设备支持第一制式的V2X业务和第二制式的V2X业务的信息,选择V2X边缘连接资源。
示例性的,第一终端设备在选择V2X边缘连接资源之前,先获知第二终端设备是否能够支持第一制式的V2X业务、是否能够支持第二制式的V2X业务或者是否能够同时支持第一制式的V2X业务和第二制式的V2X业务。在一种实现过程中,第一终端设备可以通过V2X控制功能(control function)获得,也可以从网络设备中获得,还可以通过第一终端设备中安装的应用程序(application;APP)获得。
在第一终端设备获知第二终端设备能够同时支持第一制式的V2X业务和第二制式的V2X业务时,再根据上述方式选择V2X边缘连接资源。
可选的,若第一终端设备获知第二终端设备仅能够支持第一制式的V2X业务,则相应的,第一终端设备可以选择第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源,或者,若第一终端设备获知第二终端设备仅能够支持第二制式的V2X业务,则相应的,第一终端设备可以选择第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源。
在再一种可能的实现方式中,为了能够让网络设备确定出的V2X边缘连接资源更加合理,通常让网络设备获知第一终端设备能够获得的第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源和第二制 式的V2X边缘连接资源的情况,甚至还涉及Uu口的选择,网络设备会向第一终端设备下发测量配置,第一终端设备在接收到网络设备发送的测量配置后执行V2X边缘连接的测量。所述测量配置中可以包括测量事件,当第一终端设备测量到的第一制式的V2X边缘连接的测量结果和/或第二制式的V2X边缘连接的测量结果满足事件,第一终端设备可以向网络设备发送测量报告,所述测量报告中包含第一制式的V2X边缘连接的测量结果和/或第二制式的V2X边缘连接的测量结果。可选的,所述测量报告可以包含满足测量事件的第一制式的V2X边缘连接的测量结果和/或第二制式的V2X边缘连接的测量结果。网络设备根据第一终端设备发送的测量报告,为第一终端设备分配V2X边缘连接资源。
示例性的,第一终端设备接收到网络设备发送的测量事件包括如下中任意一种:第一制式的V2X边缘连接信道忙碌率SL CBR大于或大于等于第二门限值,第二制式的V2X SL CBR小于或小于等于第三门限值,第一制式的V2X边缘连接信道忙碌率SL CBR大于或大于等于第二门限值且第二制式的V2X SL CBR小于或小于等于第三门限值,第一制式的V2X SL CBR小于或小于等于第四门限值,第二制式的V2X SL CBR大于或大于等于第五门限值,第一制式的V2X SL CBR小于或小于等于第四门限值且第二制式的V2X SL CBR大于或大于等于第五门限值,第一制式的V2X SL CBR大于或大于等于第六门限值且参考信号接收功率(reference signal receiving power;RSRP)大于或大于等于第七门限值,第二制式的V2X SL CBR大于或大于等于第六门限值且RSRP大于或大于等于第七门限值,第一制式的V2X SL CBR大于或大于等于第六门限值且参考信号接收质量(reference signal receiving quality;RSRQ)大于或大于等于第七门限值,第二制式的V2X SL CBR大于或大于等于第六门限值且RSRQ大于或大于等于第七门限值,第一制式的V2X SL CBR小于或小于等于第八门限值且RSRP小于或小于等于第九门限值,第一制式的V2X SL CBR小于或小于等于第八门限值且RSRQ小于或小于等于第九门限值,第二制式的V2X SL CBR小于或小于等于第八门限值且RSRP小于或小于等于第九门限值,第二制式的V2X SL CBR小于或小于等于第八门限值且RSRQ小于或小于等于第九门限值,第一制式的V2X SL CBR小于或小于等于第十门限值且第二制式的V2X SL CBR小于或小于等于第十一门限值。
示例性的,网络设备会向第一终端设备发送测量事件,当第一终端设备在确定出测量结果满足测量事件时,将会向网络设备发送测量报告。例如:若测量事件为第一制式的V2X边缘连接SL CBR大于等于第二门限值且第二制式的V2X SL CBR小于等于第三门限值,则当第一终端设备测得的第一制式的V2X SL CBR结果大于等于第二门限值,且第一终端设备测得的第二制式的V2X SL CBR结果小于等于第三门限值时,将会向网络设备发送测量报告。所述测量报告中包括第一制式V2X SL CBR结果和/或第二制式V2X SL CBR结果。可选的,所述第一制式V2X SL CBR结果和/或第二制式V2X SL CBR结果至少包括满足测量事件的第一制式V2X SL CBR结果和/或第二制式V2X SL CBR结果。
对于测量事件为其他信息时,第一终端设备向网络设备上报测量报告的方式与测量事件为第一制式的V2X边缘连接SL CBR大于等于第二门限值且第二制式的V2X SL CBR小于等于第三门限值时,向网络设备上报测量报告的方式类似,此处不再赘述。
网络设备在接收到第一终端设备发送的测量报告之后,将根据测量报告确定V2X边缘连接资源。
示例性的,若第一制式的V2X边缘连接信道忙碌率SL CBR大于或大于等于第二门限值,或者,第二制式的V2X SL CBR小于或小于等于第三门限值,或者第一制式的V2X边缘连接信道忙碌率SL CBR大于或大于等于第二门限值且第二制式的V2X SL CBR小于或小于等于第三门限值时,则确定所述V2X边缘连接资源为第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源。
若第一制式的V2X SL CBR小于或小于等于第四门限值,或者,第二制式的V2X SL CBR大于或大于等于第五门限值,或者,第一制式的V2X SL CBR小于或小于等于第四门限值且第二制式的V2X SL CBR大于或大于等于第五门限值时,则确定所述V2X边缘连接资源为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源。
若第一制式的V2X SL CBR大于或大于等于第六门限值且RSRP大于或大于等于第七门限值,或者,第二制式的V2X SL CBR大于或大于等于第六门限值且RSRP大于或大于等于第七门限值,或者,第一制式的V2X SL CBR大于或大于等于第六门限值且RSRQ大于或大于等于第七门限值,或者,第二制式的V2X SL CBR大于或大于等于第六门限值且RSRQ大于或大于等于第七门限值,则确定所述V2X边缘连接资源为Uu口资源。
若第一制式的V2X SL CBR小于或小于等于第八门限值且RSRP小于或小于等于第九门限值,或者,第一制式的V2X SL CBR小于或小于等于第八门限值且RSRQ小于或小于等于第九门限值,则确定V2X边缘连接资源为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源。
若第二制式的V2X SL CBR小于或小于等于第八门限值且RSRP小于或小于等于第九门限值,或者,第二制式的V2X SL CBR小于或小于等于第八门限值且RSRQ小于或小于等于第九门限值,则确定V2X边缘连接资源为第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源。
若第一制式的V2X SL CBR小于或小于等于第十门限值,且,第二制式的V2X SL CBR小于或小于等于第十一门限值,则确定V2X边缘连接资源为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源和第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源。
网络设备在确定出V2X边缘连接资源之后,会将确定出的V2X边缘连接资源发送给第一终端设备。
不管是基于上述哪种方式确定V2X边缘连接资源,考虑第一终端设备当前只接入一个网络设备,示例性的,以接入第一制式的网络设备为例,此时第一终端设备向第一制式的网络设备上报第二消息时,可能请求的是第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源,也可能请求的是第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源,此时,可以都用第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源对应的第二消息,即不管是请求哪个制式的V2X边缘连接资源,都用统一的第二消息进行请求。以所述第二消息为BSR为例,此时第一终端设备请求第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源或第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源可以都用第一制式的BSR。可选的,也可以是在第一制式的BSR中包括第二制式的BSR,所述第一制式的BSR用于请求第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源,所述第二制式的BSR用于请求第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源。如果所述第二消息为终端设备辅助信息,则此时第一终端设备请求第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源或第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源可以都用第一制式的终端设备辅助信息消息;可选的,也可以是第一制式的终端设备辅助信息消息中包括第二制式的终端设备辅助信息消息,所述第一制式的终端设备辅助信息消息用于上报需要第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源的V2X业务模型,所述第二制式的终端设备辅助信息消息用于上报需要第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源的V2X业务模型。
网络设备根据第一终端设备的请求,或者基于自己的决策为第一终端设备分配V2X资源,并通过下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI)向第一终端设备指示分配的V2X资源,所述V2X资源可以是第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源,或者第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源,或者第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源和第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源。示例性的,调度第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源和第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源的DCI可以是不同的格式(format),例如DCI-1用于调度第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源,DCI-2用于调度第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源。可选的,调度第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源和第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源的DCI也可以是相同的格式,此时在DCI中进一步指示第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源和第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源。
步骤303、第一终端设备在V2X边缘连接资源上与第二终端设备进行通信。
在本实施例中,第一终端设备在获取到传输数据所用的V2X边缘连接资源之后,将采用获取到的V2X边缘连接资源,与第二终端设备进行通信,由于第一终端设备获取到的资源包括第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源和/或第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源,这样,第一终端设备将可以完成第一制式的V2X服务和/或第二制式的V2X服务。
可选的,若第二终端设备能够同时支持第一制式的V2X业务和第二制式的V2X业务,则第二终端设备同时监听第一制式的V2X sidelink上的调度信息和第二制式的V2X sidelink 上的调度信息。但是上述方式对第二终端设备的耗电量会造成影响。因此,可选的,也可以定义一套基线链路,通知所有的终端设备在系统都能默认支持,例如在NR系统内,默认所有终端设备都支持NR V2X,则初始传输都将使用NR V2X sidelink资源。
对于第一终端设备以复写(duplication)配置进行发送,第二终端设备以双链路方式进行接收的方式,一种可能的实现方式是可以预设多套配置,第一终端设备从标准化的多套配置中选择一套进行发送,并在行程任务(scheduling assignment)中指示给第二终端设备。第二终端设备在解SA过程中获知数据是以双链路方式进行传输的,则可以配套的建立相应的L2实体进行接收。
本申请实施例提供的通信方法,第一终端设备通过从网络设备接收第一制式的V2X的边缘连接配置和第二制式的V2X的边缘连接配置,并根据第一制式的V2X的边缘连接配置和第二制式的V2X的边缘连接配置,获取传输数据所用的V2X边缘连接资源,然后在该V2X边缘连接资源上与第二终端设备进行通信。由于第一终端设备可以从网络设备获取第一制式的V2X的边缘连接配置和第二制式的V2X的边缘连接配置,从而可以根据上述两种配置从第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源和/或第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源中确定传输数据所用的V2X边缘连接资源,从而根据确定出的V2X边缘连接资源与第二终端设备进行第一制式的V2X业务通信和/或第二制式的V2X业务通信,这样,将可以保证同一个终端设备能够获得第一制式的V2X服务和第二制式的V2X服务。
图4为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图,参见图4,该装置包括:接收单元11、获取单元12和通信单元13,示例性的:
接收单元11用于从网络设备接收第一制式的车-所有V2X的边缘连接配置和第二制式的V2X的边缘连接配置;
获取单元12用于根据所述第一制式的V2X的边缘连接配置和所述第二制式的V2X的边缘连接配置,获取传输数据所用的V2X边缘连接资源;
通信单元13用于在所述V2X边缘连接资源上与第二终端设备进行通信。
本申请实施例提供的通信装置,可以执行上述对应的方法实施例,其实现原理和技术效果类似,在此不再赘述。
可选的,所述装置还包括:
发送单元14,用于向所述网络设备发送所述第一终端设备支持所述第一制式的V2X业务和所述第二制式的V2X业务的信息。
可选的,所述获取单元12,具体用于:
接收所述网络设备广播的第一消息,所述第一消息中包括:区域的标识、所述区域对应的所述第一制式的V2X的边缘连接配置和所述第二制式的V2X的边缘连接配置,所述第一制式的V2X的边缘连接配置包括所述第一制式的V2X边缘连接的可用资源,所述第二制式的V2X的边缘连接配置包括所述第二制式的V2X边缘连接的可用资源;
当前处于所述区域,所述第一终端设备选择所述第一制式的V2X边缘连接的可用资源中的至少一个和/或所述第二制式的V2X边缘连接的可用资源中的至少一个。
可选的,所述获取单元12,具体用于:
向所述网络设备发送第二消息,所述第二消息中携带有至少一种用于指示网络制式的信息;
接收所述网络设备根据所述网络制式发送的所述V2X边缘连接资源。
可选的,所述获取单元12,具体用于:
接收所述网络设备发送的配置规则,所述配置规则包括如下信息中的任意一种:V2X的业务类型和资源之间的映射关系,服务质量Qos参数和资源之间的映射关系,服务质量QoS参数门限值,以及边缘连接的质量门限值;示例性的,所述边缘连接的质量门限值包括所述第一制式的V2X边缘连接的质量门限值和/或所述第二制式的V2X边缘连接的质量 门限值;
根据所述配置规则,确定所述V2X边缘连接资源。
可选的,所述配置规则包括所述服务质量Qos参数门限值,所述服务质量Qos参数门限值包括单个包优先级PPPP第一门限值和/或单个包可靠性PPPR第一门限值;
所述获取单元12,具体用于:
所述第一终端设备的待发送数据包的PPPP大于或大于等于所述PPPP第一门限值,和/或,所述待发送数据包的PPPR大于或大于等于所述PPPR第一门限值,则确定所述V2X边缘连接资源为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源;或者,
所述第一终端设备的待发送数据包的PPPP大于或大于等于所述PPPP第一门限值,和/或,所述待发送数据包的PPPR大于或大于等于所述PPPR第一门限值,则确定所述V2X边缘连接资源为第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源;或者,
所述第一终端设备的待发送数据包的PPPP大于或大于等于所述PPPP第一门限值,和/或,所述待发送数据包的PPPR小于或小于等于所述PPPR第一门限值,则确定所述V2X边缘连接资源为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源;或者,
所述第一终端设备的待发送数据包的PPPP大于或大于等于所述PPPP第一门限值,和/或,所述待发送数据包的PPPR小于或小于等于所述PPPR第一门限值,则确定所述V2X边缘连接资源为第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源;或者,
所述第一终端设备的待发送数据包的PPPP小于或小于等于所述PPPP第一门限值,和/或,所述待发送数据包的PPPR小于或小于等于所述PPPR第一门限值,则确定所述V2X边缘连接资源为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源;或者,
所述第一终端设备的待发送数据包的PPPP小于或小于等于所述PPPP第一门限值,和/或,所述待发送数据包的PPPR小于或小于等于所述PPPR第一门限值,则确定所述V2X边缘连接资源为第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源;或者,
所述第一终端设备的待发送数据包的PPPP小于或小于等于所述PPPP第一门限值,和/或,所述待发送数据包的PPPR大于或大于等于所述PPPR第一门限值,则确定所述V2X边缘连接资源为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源;或者,
所述第一终端设备的待发送数据包的PPPP小于或小于等于所述PPPP第一门限值,和/或,所述待发送数据包的PPPR大于或大于等于所述PPPR第一门限值,则确定所述V2X边缘连接资源为第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源。
可选的,所述服务质量QoS参数门限值还包括PPPP第二门限值和/或PPPR第二门限值;
所述获取单元12,具体用于:
所述第一终端设备的待发送数据包的PPPP小于或小于等于所述PPPP第二门限值,和/或,所述待发送数据包的PPPR大于或大于等于所述PPPR第一门限值,则确定所述V2X边缘连接资源为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源和第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源;或者,
所述第一终端设备的待发送数据包的PPPP小于或小于等于所述PPPP第二门限值,和/或,所述待发送数据包的PPPR小于或小于等于所述PPPR第一门限值,则确定所述V2X边缘连接资源为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源和第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源。
可选的,所述配置规则包括所述服务质量Qos参数门限值,所述服务质量Qos参数门限值包括服务质量流指示QFI第一门限值;
所述获取单元12,具体用于:
所述第一终端设备的待发送数据包的QFI大于或大于等于所述QFI第一门限值,则确定所述V2X边缘连接资源为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源;或者,
所述第一终端设备的待发送数据包的QFI大于或大于等于所述QFI第一门限值,则确定所述V2X边缘连接资源为第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源;或者,
所述第一终端设备的待发送数据包的QFI小于或小于等于所述QFI第一门限值,则确定所述V2X边缘连接资源为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源;或者,
所述第一终端设备的待发送数据包的QFI小于或小于等于所述QFI第一门限值,则确定所述V2X边缘连接资源为第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源。
可选的,所述服务质量Qos参数门限值包括服务质量流指示QFI第二门限值;
所述获取单元12,具体用于:
所述第一终端设备的待发送数据包的QFI大于或大于等于所述QFI第二门限值,则确定所述V2X边缘连接资源为第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源和第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源;或者,
所述第一终端设备的待发送数据包的QFI小于或小于等于所述QFI第二门限值,则确定所述V2X边缘连接资源为所述第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源和所述第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源。
可选的,所述配置规则包括所述边缘连接的质量门限值,所述边缘连接的质量门限值包括信道繁忙率CBR第一门限值和/或CBR第二门限值;
所述获取单元12,具体用于:
所述第一终端设备测量到的第一制式的V2X边缘连接CBR大于或大于等于所述CRB第一门限值,和/或,所述第一终端设备测量到的第二制式的V2X边缘连接CBR小于或小于等于所述CRB第二门限值,则确定所述V2X边缘连接资源为所述第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源;或者,
所述第一终端设备测量到的第一制式的V2X边缘连接CBR小于或小于等于所述CRB第一门限值,和/或,所述第一终端设备测量到的第二制式的V2X边缘连接CBR大于或大于等于所述CRB第二门限值,则确定所述V2X边缘连接资源为所述第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源。
可选的,所述接收单元11,还可以用于接收所述网络设备发送的测量事件;
所述测量事件包括如下中任意一种:
所述第一制式的V2X边缘连接信道忙碌率SL CBR大于或大于等于第二门限值,和/或,所述第二制式的V2X SL CBR小于或小于等于第三门限值;或者,
所述第一制式的V2X SL CBR小于或小于等于第四门限值,和/或,所述第二制式的V2X SL CBR大于或大于等于第五门限值;或者,
所述第一制式的V2X SL CBR或第二制式的V2X SL CBR大于或大于等于第六门限值,且参考信号接收功率RSRP或参考信号接收质量RSRQ大于或大于等于第七门限值;或者,
所述第一制式的V2X SL CBR或所述第二制式的V2X SL CBR小于或小于等于第八门限值,且所述RSRP或所述RSRQ小于或小于等于第九门限值。
可选的,所述获取单元12,还用于;
获取第二终端设备支持第一制式的V2X业务和第二制式的V2X业务的信息;
根据所述第二终端设备支持第一制式的V2X业务和第二制式的V2X业务的信息,选择V2X边缘连接资源。
可选的,所述发送单元14,还用于:
向所述网络设备发送所述第二终端设备的设备标识;所述设备标识用于指示所述网络设备为所述第一终端设备分配所述V2X边缘连接资源,或者用于所述第一终端设备从所述网络设备获取所述第二终端设备支持第一制式的V2X业务和第二制式的V2X业务的信息。
可选的,所述第一V2X边缘连接和所述第二V2X边缘连接使用相同的V2X同步类型和SL-V-RNTI。
本申请实施例提供的通信装置,可以执行上述对应的方法实施例,其实现原理和技术效果类似,在此不再赘述。
示例性的,应理解以上装置的各个单元的划分仅仅是一种逻辑功能的划分,实际实现时可以全部或部分集成到一个物理实体上,也可以物理上分开。且这些单元可以全部以软件通过处理元件调用的形式实现;也可以全部以硬件的形式实现;还可以部分单元通过软 件通过处理元件调用的形式实现,部分单元通过硬件的形式实现。例如,发送单元可以为单独设立的处理元件,也可以集成在该装置的某一个芯片中实现,此外,也可以以程序的形式存储于装置的存储器中,由该装置的某一个处理元件调用并执行该发送单元的功能。其它单元的实现与之类似。可选的,这些单元全部或部分可以集成在一起,也可以独立实现。这里所述的处理元件可以是一种集成电路,具有信号的处理能力。在实现过程中,上述方法的各步骤或以上各个单元可以通过处理器元件中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。可选的,以上发送单元是一种控制发送的单元,可以通过该装置的发送装置,例如天线和射频装置发送信息。
以上这些单元可以是被配置成实施以上方法的一个或多个集成电路,例如:一个或多个特定集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC),或,一个或多个微处理器(digital singnal processor,DSP),或,一个或者多个现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)等。再如,当以上某个单元通过处理元件调度程序的形式实现时,该处理元件可以是通用处理器,例如中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU)或其它可以调用程序的处理器。再如,这些单元可以集成在一起,以片上系统(system-on-a-chip,SOC)的形式实现。
图5为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的另一结构示意图,参见图5,该装置包括:发送单元21、获取单元22和接收单元23,示例性的:
发送单元21,用于向第一终端设备发送第一制式的车-所有V2X的边缘连接配置和/或第二制式的V2X的边缘连接配置,所述第一制式的V2X的边缘连接配置和/或第二制式的V2X的边缘连接配置用于所述第一终端设备获取传输数据所用的V2X边缘连接资源,并在所述V2X边缘连接资源上与第二终端设备进行通信。
可选的,获取单元22,用于获取如下信息中的任意一个或任意多个:所述第一终端设备支持所述第一制式的V2X业务和所述第二制式的V2X业务的信息、所述第一终端设备的授权信息和边缘连接聚合最大比特速率AMBR;示例性的,所述边缘连接AMBR包括所述第一制式的V2X中的第一边缘连接AMBR和所述第二制式的V2X中的第二边缘连接AMBR;
所述发送单元21,具体用于:
所述网络设备根据所述第一终端设备支持所述第一制式的V2X业务和所述第二制式的V2X业务的信息、所述授权信息和所述边缘连接AMBR中的任意一个或任意多个,向所述第一终端设备发送所述第一制式的V2X的边缘连接配置和/或所述第二制式的V2X的边缘连接配置。
可选的,所述发送单元21,还可用于:
向所述第一终端设备广播第一消息,所述第一消息中包括:区域的标识,所述区域对应的所述第一制式的V2X的边缘连接配置和所述第二制式的V2X的边缘连接配置,所述第一制式的V2X的边缘连接配置包括所述第一制式的V2X边缘连接的可用资源,所述第二制式的V2X的边缘连接配置包括所述第二制式的V2X边缘连接的可用资源;所述区域的标识用于指示所述第一终端设备在当前处于所述区域时,选择所述第一制式的V2X边缘连接的可用资源中的至少一个和/或所述第二制式的V2X边缘连接的可用资源中的至少一个。
可选的,所述装置还包括:
接收单元23,用于接收所述第一终端设备发送的第二消息,所述第二消息中携带有至少一种用于指示网络制式的信息;
所述获取单元22,还用于根据所述网络制式,确定所述V2X边缘连接资源;
所述发送单元21,还用于将所述V2X边缘连接资源发送给所述第一终端设备。
可选的,所述发送单元21,还用于:
向所述第一终端设备发送配置规则,所述配置规则包括如下信息中的任意一种:V2X的业务类型和资源之间的映射关系,服务质量Qos参数和资源之间的映射关系,服务质量QoS参数门限值,以及边缘连接的质量门限值;示例性的,所述边缘连接的质量门限值包 括所述第一制式的V2X边缘连接的质量门限值和/或所述第二制式的V2X边缘连接的质量门限值,所述配置规则用于所述第一终端设备确定所述V2X边缘连接资源。
可选的,所述发送单元21,还用于向所述第一终端设备发送测量事件;
所述接收单元23,还用于接收所述第一终端设备发送的测量报告,所述测量报告为所述第一终端设备在确定出所述测量事件满足预设条件时发送的;
所述获取单元22,还用于根据所述测量报告确定所述V2X边缘连接资源;
所述发送单元21,还用于将所述V2X边缘连接资源发送给所述第一终端设备。
可选的,所述测量事件包括如下中任意一种:
所述第一制式的V2X边缘连接信道忙碌率SL CBR大于或大于等于第二门限值,和/或,所述第二制式的V2X SL CBR小于或小于等于第三门限值;或者,
所述第一制式的V2X SL CBR小于或小于等于第四门限值,和/或,所述第二制式的V2X SL CBR大于或大于等于第五门限值;或者,
所述第一制式的V2X SL CBR或所述第二制式的V2X SL CBR大于或大于等于第六门限值,且参考信号接收功率RSRP或参考信号接收质量RSRQ大于或大于等于第七门限值;或者,
所述第一制式的V2X SL CBR或所述第二制式的V2X SL CBR小于或小于等于第八门限值,且所述RSRP或所述RSRQ小于或小于等于第九门限值。
可选的,所述接收单元23,还用于接收所述第一终端设备发送的所述第二终端设备的设备标识;
所述获取单元22,还用于根据所述设备标识获取所述第二终端设备支持所述第一制式的V2X业务和所述第二制式的V2X业务的信息;
所述获取单元22,还用于根据所述第二终端设备支持所述第一制式的V2X业务和所述第二制式的V2X业务的信息,确定所述V2X边缘连接资源。
可选的,所述发送单元21,还用于将所述第二终端设备支持所述第一制式的V2X业务和所述第二制式的V2X业务的信息,发送给所述第一终端设备。
可选的,所述授权信息包括如下信息中的至少一个:所述第一终端设备是否被授权为第一制式的车辆终端设备、所述第一终端设备是否被授权为第一制式的手持终端设备、所述第一终端设备是否被授权为第二制式的车辆终端设备和所述第一终端设备是否被授权为第二制式的手持终端设备。
可选的,所述第一V2X边缘连接和所述第二V2X边缘连接使用相同的V2X同步类型和SL-V-RNTI。
本申请实施例提供的通信装置,可以执行上述对应的方法实施例,其实现原理和技术效果类似,在此不再赘述。
示例性的,应理解以上装置的各个单元的划分仅仅是一种逻辑功能的划分,实际实现时可以全部或部分集成到一个物理实体上,也可以物理上分开。且这些单元可以全部以软件通过处理元件调用的形式实现;也可以全部以硬件的形式实现;还可以部分单元通过软件通过处理元件调用的形式实现,部分单元通过硬件的形式实现。例如,发送单元可以为单独设立的处理元件,也可以集成在该装置的某一个芯片中实现,此外,也可以以程序的形式存储于装置的存储器中,由该装置的某一个处理元件调用并执行该发送单元的功能。其它单元的实现与之类似。可选的,这些单元全部或部分可以集成在一起,也可以独立实现。这里所述的处理元件可以是一种集成电路,具有信号的处理能力。在实现过程中,上述方法的各步骤或以上各个单元可以通过处理器元件中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。示例性的,以上发送单元是一种控制发送的单元,可以通过该装置的发送装置,例如天线和射频装置发送信息。
以上这些单元可以是被配置成实施以上方法的一个或多个集成电路,例如:一个或多个特定集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC),或,一个或多个微处理器 (digital singnal processor,DSP),或,一个或者多个现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)等。再如,当以上某个单元通过处理元件调度程序的形式实现时,该处理元件可以是通用处理器,例如中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU)或其它可以调用程序的处理器。再如,这些单元可以集成在一起,以片上系统(system-on-a-chip,SOC)的形式实现。
图6为本申请实施例提供的一种终端设备设备的结构示意图。如图6所示,该终端设备设备包括:处理器110、存储器120、收发装置130。收发装置130可以与天线连接。在下行方向上,收发装置130通过天线接收基站发送的信息,并将信息发送给处理器110进行处理。在上行方向上,处理器110对终端设备的数据进行处理,并通过收发装置130发送给基站。
该存储器120用于存储实现以上方法实施例,或者图4所示实施例各个模块的程序,处理器110调用该程序,执行以上方法实施例的操作,以实现图4所示的各个模块。
或者,以上各个模块的部分或全部也可以通过集成电路的形式内嵌于该终端设备的某一个芯片上来实现。且它们可以单独实现,也可以集成在一起。即以上这些单元可以被配置成实施以上方法的一个或多个集成电路,例如:一个或多个特定集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC),或,一个或多个微处理器(digital singnal processor,DSP),或,一个或者多个现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)等。
图7为本申请实施例提供的一种基站的结构示意图。如图7所示,该基站包括:天线110、射频装置120、基带装置130。天线110与射频装置120连接。在上行方向上,射频装置120通过天线110接收终端设备发送的信息,将终端设备发送的信息发送给基带装置130进行处理。在下行方向上,基带装置130对终端设备的信息进行处理,并发送给射频装置120,射频装置120对终端设备的信息进行处理后经过天线110发送给终端设备。
在一种实现中,以上各个模块通过处理元件调度程序的形式实现,例如基带装置130包括处理元件131和存储元件132,处理元件131调用存储元件132存储的程序,以执行以上方法实施例中的方法。可选的,该基带装置130还可以包括接口133,用于与射频装置120交互信息,该接口例如为通用公共无线接口(common public radio interface,CPRI)。
在另一种实现中,以上这些模块可以是被配置成实施以上方法的一个或多个处理元件,这些处理元件设置于基带装置130上,这里的处理元件可以为集成电路,例如:一个或多个ASIC,或,一个或多个DSP,或,一个或者多个FPGA等。这些集成电路可以集成在一起,构成芯片。
例如,以上各个模块可以集成在一起,以片上系统(system-on-a-chip,SOC)的形式实现,例如,基带装置130包括SOC芯片,用于实现以上方法。该芯片内可以集成处理元件131和存储元件132,由处理元件131调用存储元件132的存储的程序的形式实现以上方法或以上各个单元的功能;或者,该芯片内可以集成至少一个集成电路,用于实现以上方法或以上各个单元的功能;或者,可以结合以上实现方式,部分单元的功能通过处理元件调用程序的形式实现,部分单元的功能通过集成电路的形式实现。
不管采用何种方式,总之,以上基站可以包括至少一个处理元件,还可以包括存储元件和/或通信接口,其中至少一个处理元件用于执行以上方法实施例所提供的方法。处理元件可以以第一种方式:即执行存储元件存储的程序的方式执行以上方法实施例中的部分或全部步骤;也可以以第二种方式:即通过处理器元件中的硬件的集成逻辑电路结合指令的方式执行以上方法实施例中的部分或全部步骤;当然,也可以结合第一种方式和第二种方式执行以上方法实施例提供的方法。
这里的处理元件同以上描述,可以是通用处理器,例如中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU),还可以是被配置成实施以上方法的一个或多个集成电路,例如:一个或多个特定集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC),或,一个或多个微处理器(digital singnal processor,DSP),或,一个或者多个现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)等。
存储元件可以是一个存储器,也可以是多个存储元件的统称。
本申请还提供一种存储介质,包括:可读存储介质和计算机程序,所述计算机程序用于实现前述任一实施例提供的通信方法。
本申请还提供一种程序产品,该程序产品包括计算机程序(即执行指令),该计算机程序存储在可读存储介质中。终端设备设备的至少一个处理器可以从可读存储介质读取该计算机程序,至少一个处理器执行该计算机程序使得终端设备设备实施前述各种实施方式提供的通信方法。
本申请实施例还提供了一种通信装置,包括至少一个存储元件和至少一个处理元件、所述至少一个存储元件用于存储程序,该程序被执行时,使得所述通信装置执行上述任一实施例中的终端设备设备的操作。该装置可以是终端设备芯片。
本申请还提供一种存储介质,包括:可读存储介质和计算机程序,所述计算机程序用于实现前述任一实施例提供的通信方法。
本申请还提供一种程序产品,该程序产品包括计算机程序(即执行指令),该计算机程序存储在可读存储介质中。基站的至少一个处理器可以从可读存储介质读取该计算机程序,至少一个处理器执行该计算机程序使得基站实施前述各种实施方式提供的通信方法。
本申请实施例还提供了一种通信装置,包括至少一个存储元件和至少一个处理元件、所述至少一个存储元件用于存储程序,该程序被执行时,使得所述通信装置执行上述任一实施例中的基站的操作。该装置可以是基站芯片。
实现上述各方法实施例的全部或部分步骤可以通过程序指令相关的硬件来完成。前述的程序可以存储于一可读取存储器中。该程序在执行时,执行包括上述各方法实施例的步骤;而前述的存储器(存储介质)包括:只读存储器(英文:read-only memory,ROM)、RAM、快闪存储器、硬盘、固态硬盘、磁带(magnetic tape)、软盘(floppy disk)、光盘(optical disc)及其任意组合。

Claims (29)

  1. 一种通信方法,应用于第一终端设备,其特征在于,包括:
    所述第一终端设备从网络设备接收第一制式的车-所有V2X的边缘连接配置和第二制式的V2X的边缘连接配置;
    所述第一终端设备根据所述第一制式的V2X的边缘连接配置和所述第二制式的V2X的边缘连接配置,获取传输数据所用的V2X边缘连接资源;
    所述第一终端设备在所述V2X边缘连接资源上与第二终端设备进行通信。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:
    所述第一终端设备向所述网络设备发送所述第一终端设备支持所述第一制式的V2X业务和所述第二制式的V2X业务的信息。
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述获取传输数据所用的V2X边缘连接资源,包括:
    所述第一终端设备接收所述网络设备广播的第一消息,所述第一消息中包括:区域的标识、所述区域对应的所述第一制式的V2X的边缘连接配置和所述第二制式的V2X的边缘连接配置,所述第一制式的V2X的边缘连接配置包括所述第一制式的V2X边缘连接的可用资源,所述第二制式的V2X的边缘连接配置包括所述第二制式的V2X边缘连接的可用资源;
    所述第一终端设备当前处于所述区域,所述第一终端设备选择所述第一制式的V2X边缘连接的可用资源中的至少一个和/或所述第二制式的V2X边缘连接的可用资源中的至少一个。
  4. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述获取传输数据所用的V2X边缘连接资源,包括:
    所述第一终端设备向所述网络设备发送第二消息,所述第二消息中携带有至少一种用于指示网络制式的信息;
    所述第一终端设备接收所述网络设备根据所述网络制式发送的所述V2X边缘连接资源。
  5. 根据权利要求1-4任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述获取传输数据所用的V2X边缘连接资源,包括:
    所述第一终端设备接收所述网络设备发送的配置规则,所述配置规则包括如下信息中的任意一种:V2X的业务类型和资源之间的映射关系,服务质量Qos参数和资源之间的映射关系,服务质量QoS参数门限值,以及边缘连接的质量门限值;其中,所述边缘连接的质量门限值包括所述第一制式的V2X边缘连接的质量门限值和/或所述第二制式的V2X边缘连接的质量门限值;
    所述第一终端设备根据所述配置规则,确定所述V2X边缘连接资源。
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,所述配置规则包括所述服务质量Qos参数门限值,所述服务质量Qos参数门限值包括单个包优先级PPPP第一门限值和/或单个包可靠性PPPR第一门限值;
    所述根据所述配置规则,确定所述V2X边缘连接资源,满足如下中任意一种:
    所述第一终端设备的待发送数据包的PPPP大于或大于等于所述PPPP第一门限值,和/或,所述待发送数据包的PPPR大于或大于等于所述PPPR第一门限值,则确定所述V2X边缘连接资源为所述第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源;或者,
    所述第一终端设备的待发送数据包的PPPP大于或大于等于所述PPPP第一门限值,和/或,所述待发送数据包的PPPR大于或大于等于所述PPPR第一门限值,则确定所述V2X边缘连接资源为所述第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源;或者,
    所述第一终端设备的待送发数据包的PPPP大于或大于等于所述PPPP第一门限值,和 /或,所述待发送数据包的PPPR小于或小于等于所述PPPR第一门限值,则确定所述V2X边缘连接资源为所述第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源;或者,
    所述第一终端设备的待发送数据包的PPPP大于或大于等于所述PPPP第一门限值,和/或,所述待发送数据包的PPPR小于或小于等于所述PPPR第一门限值,则确定所述V2X边缘连接资源为所述第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源;或者,
    所述第一终端设备的待发送数据包的PPPP小于或小于等于所述PPPP第一门限值,和/或,所述待发送数据包的PPPR小于或小于等于所述PPPR第一门限值,则确定所述V2X边缘连接资源为所述第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源;或者,
    所述第一终端设备的待发送数据包的PPPP小于或小于等于所述PPPP第一门限值,和/或,所述待发送数据包的PPPR小于或小于等于所述PPPR第一门限值,则确定所述V2X边缘连接资源为所述第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源;或者,
    所述第一终端设备的待发送数据包的PPPP小于或小于等于所述PPPP第一门限值,和/或,所述待发送数据包的PPPR大于或大于等于所述PPPR第一门限值,则确定所述V2X边缘连接资源为所述第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源;或者,
    所述第一终端设备的待发送数据包的PPPP小于或小于等于所述PPPP第一门限值,和/或,所述待发送数据包的PPPR大于或大于等于所述PPPR第一门限值,则确定所述V2X边缘连接资源为所述第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源。
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的方法,其特征在于,所述服务质量QoS参数门限值还包括PPPP第二门限值和/或PPPR第二门限值;
    所述根据所述配置规则,确定所述V2X边缘连接资源,满足如下中任意一种:
    所述第一终端设备的待发送数据包的PPPP小于或小于等于所述PPPP第二门限值,和/或,所述待发送数据包的PPPR大于或大于等于所述PPPR第一门限值,则确定所述V2X边缘连接资源为所述第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源和所述第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源;或者,
    所述第一终端设备的待发送数据包的PPPP小于或小于等于所述PPPP第二门限值,和/或,所述待发送数据包的PPPR小于或小于等于所述PPPR第一门限值,则确定所述V2X边缘连接资源为所述第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源和所述第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源。
  8. 根据权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,所述配置规则包括所述服务质量Qos参数门限值,所述服务质量Qos参数门限值包括服务质量流指示QFI第一门限值;
    所述根据所述配置规则,确定所述V2X边缘连接资源,满足如下中任意一种:
    所述第一终端设备的待发送数据包的QFI大于或大于等于所述QFI第一门限值,则确定所述V2X边缘连接资源为所述第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源;或者,
    所述第一终端设备的待发送数据包的QFI大于或大于等于所述QFI第一门限值,则确定所述V2X边缘连接资源为所述第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源;或者,
    所述第一终端设备的待发送数据包的QFI小于或小于等于所述QFI第一门限值,则确定所述V2X边缘连接资源为所述第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源;或者,
    所述第一终端设备的待发送数据包的QFI小于或小于等于所述QFI第一门限值,则确定所述V2X边缘连接资源为所述第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源。
  9. 根据权利要求5或8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述服务质量Qos参数门限值包括服务质量流指示QFI第二门限值;
    所述根据所述配置规则,确定所述V2X边缘连接资源,满足如下中任意一种:
    所述第一终端设备的待发送数据包的QFI大于或大于等于所述QFI第二门限值,则确定所述V2X边缘连接资源为所述第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源和所述第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源;或者,
    所述第一终端设备的待发送数据包的QFI小于或小于等于所述QFI第二门限值,则确定所述V2X边缘连接资源为所述第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源和所述第二制式的V2X边 缘连接资源。
  10. 根据权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,所述配置规则包括所述边缘连接的质量门限值,所述边缘连接的质量门限值包括信道繁忙率CBR第一门限值和/或CBR第二门限值;
    所述根据所述配置规则,确定所述V2X边缘连接资源,满足如下中任意一种:
    所述第一终端设备测量到的所述第一制式的V2X边缘连接CBR大于或大于等于所述CRB第一门限值,和/或,所述第一终端设备测量到的所述第二制式的V2X边缘连接CBR小于或小于等于所述CRB第二门限值,则确定所述V2X边缘连接资源为所述第二制式的V2X边缘连接资源;或者,
    所述第一终端设备测量到的所述第一制式的V2X边缘连接CBR小于或小于等于所述CRB第一门限值,和/或,所述第一终端设备测量到的所述第二制式的V2X边缘连接CBR大于或大于等于所述CRB第二门限值,则确定所述V2X边缘连接资源为所述第一制式的V2X边缘连接资源。
  11. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:
    所述第一终端设备接收所述网络设备发送的测量事件;
    所述测量事件包括如下中任意一种:
    所述第一制式的V2X边缘连接信道忙碌率SL CBR大于或大于等于第二门限值,和/或,所述第二制式的V2X SL CBR小于或小于等于第三门限值;或者,
    所述第一制式的V2X SL CBR小于或小于等于第四门限值,和/或,所述第二制式的V2X SL CBR大于或大于等于第五门限值;或者,
    所述第一制式的V2X SL CBR或所述第二制式的V2X SL CBR大于或大于等于第六门限值,且参考信号接收功率RSRP或参考信号接收质量RSRQ大于或大于等于第七门限值;或者,
    所述第一制式的V2X SL CBR或所述第二制式的V2X SL CBR小于或小于等于第八门限值,且所述RSRP或所述RSRQ小于或小于等于第九门限值。
  12. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:
    所述第一终端设备获取第二终端设备支持所述第一制式的V2X业务和所述第二制式的V2X业务的信息;
    所述第一终端设备根据所述第二终端设备支持所述第一制式的V2X业务和所述第二制式的V2X业务的信息,选择所述V2X边缘连接资源。
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:
    所述第一终端设备向所述网络设备发送所述第二终端设备的设备标识;所述设备标识用于指示所述网络设备为所述第一终端设备分配所述V2X边缘连接资源,或者用于所述第一终端设备从所述网络设备获取所述第二终端设备支持所述第一制式的V2X业务和所述第二制式的V2X业务的信息。
  14. 根据权利要求1-13任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一V2X边缘连接和所述第二V2X边缘连接使用相同的V2X同步类型和SL-V-RNTI。
  15. 一种通信方法,应用于网络设备,其特征在于,包括:
    所述网络设备向第一终端设备发送第一制式的车-所有V2X的边缘连接配置和/或第二制式的V2X的边缘连接配置,所述第一制式的V2X的边缘连接配置和/或所述第二制式的V2X的边缘连接配置用于所述第一终端设备获取传输数据所用的V2X边缘连接资源,并在所述V2X边缘连接资源上与第二终端设备进行通信。
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:
    所述网络设备获取如下信息中的任意一个或任意多个:所述第一终端设备支持所述第一制式的V2X业务和所述第二制式的V2X业务的信息、所述第一终端设备的授权信息和边缘连接聚合最大比特速率AMBR;其中,所述边缘连接AMBR包括所述第一制式的V2X 中的第一边缘连接AMBR和所述第二制式的V2X中的第二边缘连接AMBR;
    所述网络设备向第一终端设备发送所述第一制式的V2X的边缘连接配置和/或所述第二制式的V2X的边缘连接配置,包括:
    所述网络设备根据所述第一终端设备支持所述第一制式的V2X业务和所述第二制式的V2X业务的信息、所述授权信息和所述边缘连接AMBR中的任意一个或任意多个,向所述第一终端设备发送所述第一制式的V2X的边缘连接配置和/或所述第二制式的V2X的边缘连接配置。
  17. 根据权利要求15或16所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:
    所述网络设备向所述第一终端设备广播第一消息,所述第一消息中包括:区域的标识,所述区域对应的所述第一制式的V2X的边缘连接配置和所述第二制式的V2X的边缘连接配置,所述第一制式的V2X的边缘连接配置包括所述第一制式的V2X边缘连接的可用资源,所述第二制式的V2X的边缘连接配置包括所述第二制式的V2X边缘连接的可用资源;所述区域的标识用于指示所述第一终端设备在当前处于所述区域时,选择所述第一制式的V2X边缘连接的可用资源中的至少一个和/或所述第二制式的V2X边缘连接的可用资源中的至少一个。
  18. 根据权利要求15或16所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:
    所述网络设备接收所述第一终端设备发送的第二消息,所述第二消息中携带有至少一种用于指示网络制式的信息;
    所述网络设备根据所述网络制式,确定所述V2X边缘连接资源;
    所述网络设备将所述V2X边缘连接资源发送给所述第一终端设备。
  19. 根据权利要求15-18任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:
    所述网络设备向所述第一终端设备发送配置规则,所述配置规则包括如下信息中的任意一种:V2X的业务类型和资源之间的映射关系,服务质量Qos参数和资源之间的映射关系,服务质量QoS参数门限值,以及边缘连接的质量门限值;其中,所述边缘连接的质量门限值包括所述第一制式的V2X边缘连接的质量门限值和/或所述第二制式的V2X边缘连接的质量门限值,所述配置规则用于所述第一终端设备确定所述V2X边缘连接资源。
  20. 根据权利要求15或16所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:
    所述网络设备向所述第一终端设备发送测量事件;
    所述网络设备接收所述第一终端设备发送的测量报告,所述测量报告为所述第一终端设备在确定出所述测量事件满足预设条件时发送的;
    所述网络设备根据所述测量报告确定所述V2X边缘连接资源;
    所述网络设备将所述V2X边缘连接资源发送给所述第一终端设备。
  21. 根据权利要求20所述的方法,其特征在于,所述测量事件包括如下中任意一种:
    所述第一制式的V2X边缘连接信道忙碌率SL CBR大于或大于等于第二门限值,和/或,所述第二制式的V2X SL CBR小于或小于等于第三门限值;或者,
    所述第一制式的V2X SL CBR小于或小于等于第四门限值,和/或,所述第二制式的V2X SL CBR大于或大于等于第五门限值;或者,
    所述第一制式的V2X SL CBR或所述第二制式的V2X SL CBR大于或大于等于第六门限值,且参考信号接收功率RSRP或参考信号接收质量RSRQ大于或大于等于第七门限值;或者,
    所述第一制式的V2X SL CBR或所述第二制式的V2X SL CBR小于或小于等于第八门限值,且所述RSRP或所述RSRQ小于或小于等于第九门限值。
  22. 根据权利要求15-21任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:
    所述网络设备接收所述第一终端设备发送的所述第二终端设备的设备标识;
    所述网络设备根据所述设备标识获取所述第二终端设备支持所述第一制式的V2X业务和所述第二制式的V2X业务的信息;
    所述网络设备根据所述第二终端设备支持所述第一制式的V2X业务和所述第二制式的V2X业务的信息,确定所述V2X边缘连接资源。
  23. 根据权利要求22所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:
    所述网络设备将所述第二终端设备支持所述第一制式的V2X业务和所述第二制式的V2X业务的信息,发送给所述第一终端设备。
  24. 根据权利要求16所述的方法,其特征在于,所述授权信息包括如下信息中的至少一个:所述第一终端设备是否被授权为所述第一制式的车辆终端设备、所述第一终端设备是否被授权为所述第一制式的手持终端设备、所述第一终端设备是否被授权为所述第二制式的车辆终端设备和所述第一终端设备是否被授权为所述第二制式的手持终端设备。
  25. 根据权利要求15-24任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一V2X边缘连接和所述第二V2X边缘连接使用相同的V2X同步类型和SL-V-RNTI。
  26. 一种终端设备,其特征在于,包括:存储器和处理器,所述存储器用于存储计算机程序,所述计算机程序在所述处理器运行,使得所述终端设备实现如权利要求1至14中任一项所述的方法中所述第一终端设备的操作。
  27. 一种网络设备,其特征在于,包括:存储器和处理器,所述存储器用于存储计算机程序,所述计算机程序在所述处理器运行,使得所述网络设备实现如权利要求15至25中任一项所述的方法中所述网络设备的操作。
  28. 一种存储介质,其特征在于,所述存储介质包括计算机程序,所述计算机程序用于实现如权利要求1至14中任一项所述的方法中所述第一终端设备的操作,或者,所述计算机程序用于实现如权利要求15至25中任一项所述的方法中所述网络设备的操作。
  29. 一种芯片,其特征在于,包括存储器和处理器,所述存储器用于存储计算机程序,所述计算机程序在所述处理器运行,使得所述终端设备实现如权利要求1至14中任一项所述的方法中所述第一终端设备的操作,或者,使得所述网络设备实现如权利要求15至25中任一项所述的方法中所述网络设备的操作。
PCT/CN2019/092976 2018-06-27 2019-06-26 通信方法、装置和存储介质 WO2020001470A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP19824476.6A EP3806505A4 (en) 2018-06-27 2019-06-26 COMMUNICATION PROCEDURE AND DEVICE AND STORAGE MEDIUM
BR112020026611-6A BR112020026611A2 (pt) 2018-06-27 2019-06-26 Método de comunicação, aparelho e meio de armazenamento
US17/132,632 US11399361B2 (en) 2018-06-27 2020-12-23 V2X sidelink communication

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201810680516.3 2018-06-27
CN201810680516.3A CN110650461B (zh) 2018-06-27 2018-06-27 通信方法、装置和存储介质

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US17/132,632 Continuation US11399361B2 (en) 2018-06-27 2020-12-23 V2X sidelink communication

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2020001470A1 true WO2020001470A1 (zh) 2020-01-02

Family

ID=68986151

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2019/092976 WO2020001470A1 (zh) 2018-06-27 2019-06-26 通信方法、装置和存储介质

Country Status (5)

Country Link
US (1) US11399361B2 (zh)
EP (1) EP3806505A4 (zh)
CN (1) CN110650461B (zh)
BR (1) BR112020026611A2 (zh)
WO (1) WO2020001470A1 (zh)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN112564832A (zh) * 2020-11-18 2021-03-26 联通智网科技有限公司 一种车辆预警消息生成方法、装置、计算机设备和存储介质
EP3989647A1 (en) * 2020-10-23 2022-04-27 Robert Bosch GmbH Methods and apparatuses for radio communication

Families Citing this family (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110650461B (zh) * 2018-06-27 2022-05-31 华为技术有限公司 通信方法、装置和存储介质
US20200053835A1 (en) * 2018-08-08 2020-02-13 Idac Holdings, Inc. Uu interface enhancement for nr v2x
US11950131B2 (en) * 2018-08-10 2024-04-02 Lg Electronics Inc. Method and device for receiving feedback signal in wireless communication system
US11418278B2 (en) * 2019-09-23 2022-08-16 Qualcomm Incorporated Configured dependency between modulation and coding scheme (MCS) and power control
US11889495B2 (en) * 2020-04-10 2024-01-30 Qualcomm Incorporated Shared information for inter-user equipment coordination on a sidelink channel
US11979888B2 (en) * 2021-08-02 2024-05-07 Qualcomm Incorporated Managing co-channel operations for multiple radio access technologies
CN114485658A (zh) * 2021-12-08 2022-05-13 上海智能网联汽车技术中心有限公司 一种面向路侧感知系统精度评估的装置及方法
CN115240470A (zh) * 2022-07-25 2022-10-25 广东轻工职业技术学院 基于nr-v2x的弱势交通参与者碰撞预警系统与方法

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2016122589A1 (en) * 2015-01-30 2016-08-04 Nokia Solutions And Networks Oy Improvements in handovers between different access networks
US20170164349A1 (en) * 2015-12-08 2017-06-08 Peiying Zhu Method and system for performing network slicing in a radio access network
CN107295466A (zh) * 2016-03-31 2017-10-24 北京信威通信技术股份有限公司 通信处理方法及装置
CN107959708A (zh) * 2017-10-24 2018-04-24 北京邮电大学 一种基于云端-边缘端-车端的车联网服务协同计算方法与系统

Family Cites Families (24)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
FI105977B (fi) * 1998-03-06 2000-10-31 Nokia Multimedia Network Termi Menetelmä, järjestelmä ja vastaanotin yhteyksien muodostamiseksi useita protokollia käsittävässä tiedonsiirtoverkossa
US20040032880A1 (en) * 2002-08-13 2004-02-19 Leung Nikolai K.N. Provision of operational definitions in a wireless communication system
US7702817B2 (en) * 2003-10-28 2010-04-20 Microsoft Corporation Wireless network access technologies for retrieving a virtual resource via a plurality of wireless network interfaces
JP2006060398A (ja) 2004-08-18 2006-03-02 Fujitsu Ltd 携帯端末装置
US7463614B2 (en) * 2004-12-16 2008-12-09 Utstarcom, Inc. Method and apparatus to facilitate provision of an IPv6 prefix
US8151321B2 (en) * 2005-10-13 2012-04-03 Nokia Corporation Modular network-assisted policy resolution
US7953457B2 (en) * 2006-04-28 2011-05-31 Research In Motion Limited Methods and apparatus for reducing power consumption for mobile devices using broadcast-to-unicast message conversion
JP4960285B2 (ja) * 2008-03-21 2012-06-27 株式会社東芝 Ip電話端末、サーバ装置、認証装置、通信システム、通信方法、およびプログラム
ITMI20080533A1 (it) * 2008-03-28 2009-09-29 Incard Sa Procedimento per testare una scheda ic includente un dispositivo zigbee
CN102148679B (zh) * 2010-02-05 2013-09-18 西瑞克斯通信技术股份有限公司 低复杂度的宽带信号数字选频方法
TWI429308B (zh) * 2011-02-14 2014-03-01 Wistron Corp 建立點對點傳輸的方法及行動通訊系統
WO2016148399A1 (ko) * 2015-03-19 2016-09-22 엘지전자 주식회사 V2x 통신 시스템에서 단말의 통신 방법 및 단말
US10312882B2 (en) * 2015-07-22 2019-06-04 Cindy X. Qiu Tunable film bulk acoustic resonators and filters
EP4037403A1 (en) * 2016-01-27 2022-08-03 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Communication method, network side device, and terminal
WO2017135998A1 (en) * 2016-02-04 2017-08-10 Intel IP Corporation Sensing-based collision avoidance for v2v communication
WO2017155344A1 (ko) * 2016-03-09 2017-09-14 엘지전자 주식회사 무선 통신 시스템에서 단말에 의해 수행되는 v2x 메시지 통신 방법 및 상기 방법을 이용하는 단말
EP3408999B1 (en) * 2016-04-01 2020-09-23 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method and apparatus for wireless communication in wireless communication system
CN115002910A (zh) * 2016-09-30 2022-09-02 北京三星通信技术研究有限公司 一种v2x通信中的发送资源确定方法和设备
US10999843B2 (en) * 2017-02-10 2021-05-04 Lg Electronics Inc. Method and apparatus for calculating channel occupancy ratio in wireless communication system
FI3603293T3 (fi) * 2017-03-23 2023-04-03 Apple Inc Priorisoitu viestinvälitys ja resurssin valinta ajoneuvojen välistä (v2v) sivuyhteysviestintää varten
CN110650461B (zh) * 2018-06-27 2022-05-31 华为技术有限公司 通信方法、装置和存储介质
CN110859005B (zh) * 2018-08-23 2023-04-21 华为技术有限公司 一种通信方法及相关设备
US20200229195A1 (en) * 2019-01-10 2020-07-16 Industrial Technology Research Institute Method of configuring resource pool for sidelink communication by receiver ue, by transmitter ue, and by base station, ue using the same and base station using the same
WO2021062805A1 (zh) * 2019-09-30 2021-04-08 华为技术有限公司 一种通信方法及通信装置

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2016122589A1 (en) * 2015-01-30 2016-08-04 Nokia Solutions And Networks Oy Improvements in handovers between different access networks
US20170164349A1 (en) * 2015-12-08 2017-06-08 Peiying Zhu Method and system for performing network slicing in a radio access network
CN107295466A (zh) * 2016-03-31 2017-10-24 北京信威通信技术股份有限公司 通信处理方法及装置
CN107959708A (zh) * 2017-10-24 2018-04-24 北京邮电大学 一种基于云端-边缘端-车端的车联网服务协同计算方法与系统

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
See also references of EP3806505A4

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP3989647A1 (en) * 2020-10-23 2022-04-27 Robert Bosch GmbH Methods and apparatuses for radio communication
EP4161162A1 (en) * 2020-10-23 2023-04-05 Robert Bosch GmbH Methods and apparatuses for radio communication
CN112564832A (zh) * 2020-11-18 2021-03-26 联通智网科技有限公司 一种车辆预警消息生成方法、装置、计算机设备和存储介质

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN110650461A (zh) 2020-01-03
US11399361B2 (en) 2022-07-26
EP3806505A1 (en) 2021-04-14
CN110650461B (zh) 2022-05-31
EP3806505A4 (en) 2021-04-21
US20210120528A1 (en) 2021-04-22
BR112020026611A2 (pt) 2021-03-30

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2020001470A1 (zh) 通信方法、装置和存储介质
US20210211923A1 (en) Systems and methods for quality of service differentiation for non-ip bearers
EP3689061B1 (en) Methods for performing dual connectivity in sidelink communications, communication node and computer-readable medium
WO2020030165A1 (zh) 数据传输方法及装置,业务切换方法及装置
WO2020200135A1 (zh) 一种资源配置方法及通信装置
CN110677921B (zh) 侧链路无线承载的配置方法、装置
CN110366140B (zh) 一种数据传输方法和装置
WO2020001317A1 (zh) V2x通信方法、装置及系统
WO2020143690A1 (zh) 一种无线承载的配置方法、终端及通信装置
US20230015755A1 (en) System and method for sidelink communications in wireless communication networks
WO2021249430A1 (zh) 一种通信方法及相关设备
WO2022068696A1 (en) Relay ue selection for transmission over sidelink
CN113079712A (zh) 双向侧链路无线电链路控制承载
JP2018511205A (ja) Wlan/3gppアグリゲーションでの上りリンクスケジューリング
WO2020029303A1 (zh) 一种通信方法、装置和通信系统
US20240049028A1 (en) Terminal device, network node, and methods therein for measurement reporting
WO2022141608A1 (zh) 一种通信方法和通信装置
TWI819462B (zh) 用於移動性更新報告之技術
WO2024027615A1 (zh) 一种通信方法,通信装置及通信系统
WO2022193240A1 (zh) 网络选择的方法、终端设备和网络设备
WO2024065137A1 (zh) 配置信息获取方法, 配置信息转发方法以及终端设备
WO2024093832A1 (zh) 一种资源选择方法及装置
WO2024026883A1 (zh) 无线通信的方法及设备
WO2023283793A1 (zh) 传输资源的请求方法、装置、设备及存储介质
WO2023110356A1 (en) Terminal device, network node, and methods therein for sidelink synchronization information transmission

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 19824476

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: BR

Ref legal event code: B01A

Ref document number: 112020026611

Country of ref document: BR

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2019824476

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20210111

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 112020026611

Country of ref document: BR

Kind code of ref document: A2

Effective date: 20201223